SUPPLEMENTARY

Report of Committee on Halogenated Fire Extinguishing Systems

Gary Taylor, Chairman Taylor/Wagner Inc.

S. LI Rogers, Secretary Kemper Insurance Cos.

William M. Carey, Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Salvatore A. Chines, Industrial Risk Insurers William A. Eckholm, Fike Fire Suppression Systems

Rep. FSSA James G. Gallup, NATLSCO George P. Garland, Crown Fire Protection Corp. James P. Hebert, Universal FireEquipment Co.

Rep. NAFED John R. Johnson, GTE Service Corp. David H. Kay, US Dept. of the Navy Dennis C. Kennedy, Rolf 3ensen & Assoc. Inc. Robert C. Merrit t , Factory Mutual Research Corp. Daniel W. Moore, E I du Pont de Nemours & Co. Inc. 3ohn W. Mossel, ICI Amerlcas Inc.

Rep. CIA Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protection

Rep. FEMA David O. Parrish, Walter Kidde Co

Rep. CGA Lyle R. Perkins, Florida Power Corp.

Rep. EEl Ken C. Phi l l ips, EG&G Idaho Inc.

Rep. NFPA IFPS Patrick E. Phi l l ips, US Dept. of Energy Harold F. Shultz, Tech. Caterpi l lar Tractor Co. Steven M. Stolerow, Schirmer Engr. Corp. Tim N. Testerman, American Risk Management Corp. Klaus Wahle, US Coast Guard Fred K. Walker, HQ United States Air Force R. 3. Wright, Underwriters Labs of Canada Thomas J. Wysocki, NF Fire Control Systems Dennis M. Zallen, NM Engr Research Inst i tute

Alternates

William H. Barlen, Compressed Gas Assn. Inc. (Alternate to D. J. Parrish)

Kerry M. Bell, Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (Alternate to W. M. Carey)

Robert L. Darwin, Naval Sea Systems Command (Alternate to D.H. Kay)

Alfred P. Dougherty, E I du Pont de Nemours & Co. Inc. (Alternate to D. W. Moore)

David R. F ied ler , Rolf Jensen & Associates Inc. (A l ternate to D. C. Kennedy)

Wi11iam D. Hard, Hard Suppression Systems (A l te rnate to J. P. Hebert)

Richard L. Koehler, American Fire & E lec t r i c Industr ies Inc. (A l ternate to W. A. Eckholm).

Edward D. Leedy, - Indust r la l Risk Insurers (A l ternate to S. A. Chines)

Earl James McCarty, Reynolds E lec l . & Engr. Co. Inc. (A l te rnate to P. E. Ph i l l i ps )

Wil l iam H. McIntyre, Johnson & Higgins, (A l ternate to Johnson & Higglns Rep.)

3ames Robert Ryan, Kemper Group (A l te rnate to S. L. Rogers)

Howard J. Spice, Underwriters Laborator ies of Canada (Alternate to R. J. Wright)

Robert E. Tapscott, N.M. Engineering Research Inst l tute (Alternate to D. Zallen)

D. R. Todd, Levltt-Safety Ltd (Alternate to FEMI Rep.)

Nonvoting ':

George A. Krabbe, Automatic Suppression Systems, Inc. Rep. Technical Committee on Elec. Computer Systems

Y. Spector, Spectronix Ltd H. V. Will lamson, Roscoe, IL

Rep. NFPA Comm on Carbon Diox.

Staf f L ia ison: Mark T. Conroy

This l i s t represents the membership at the time the Committee was ba l lo ted on the tex t of th is ed i t i on . Since that t ime, changes in the membership may have occurred.

The Supplementary Report of the Committee on Halogenated Fire Ext inguishing Systems is presented for adoption.

This Supplementary Report was prepared by the Technical Committee on Halogenated Fire Ext inguishing Systems and proposes fo r adoption a Supplementary Report which documents i t s act ion on the publ ic comments received on the proposed rev is ion to NFPA 12A-1987, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Ext inguishing Systems, published in the Technical Committee Reports for the 1989 Annual Meeting.

This Supplementary Report has been submitted to l e t t e r b a l l o t of the Technical Committee on Halogenated Fire Ext inguishing Systems which consists of 29 vot ing members; of whom 28 voted a f f i r m a t i v e l y , and 1 abstained (Mr. Wahle).

123

(Log #2) 12A- 1 - (1-5.3.1): Accept 5UBHITTER: Salvatore A. Gilardl, Jr., American Insurance Services Group, Inc. COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-1 RECOMMENDATION: Revise to read "September 16, 1987." SUBSTANTIATION: Editorial. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #37) 12A- 2 - (I-8.1): Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: Patrick E. Phil l ips, Las Vegas, NV COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-2 RECOMMENDATION: When paragraph I-8.1 was revised and I-8.2.2 was deleted and incorporated with 1-8.1 the words "tested and maintained" were accidentally deleted. The words "Tested and Maintained" need to be restored. SUBSTANTIATION: To return to the intent of the original wording before I-8.1 and I-8.2.2 were combined at our meeting in Florida. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

Change I-8.1 to read as follows: I-8.1 Detection, actuation, alarm and control

systems shall be installed tested and maintained. Change I-8.1.1 to read as fellows:

1-8.1.1 Automatic detection and automatic actuation shall be used. ~EESTA_T_EMENT: The Committee clari f ied the action being taken.

(Log #12) 12A- 3 - (1-8.1, 1-8.5.1 and 1-8.5.2): Reject ~_BJ~E__R: Vic D. Humm, Red Bank, TN COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-2 and 1ZA-3 RECOMMENDATION: Revised tex t :

"The ext inguishing system shall be connected to the premise f i re alarm system i f so provi'ded in accordance with the appropriate signaling standard (NFPA 71, 72A, 72B, 72C, 72D, and 72F) to show that the system has operated for an evacuation alarm system and trouble indication for a supervisory signal." SUBSTANTIATION: The revision to my original proposal that was referenced in existing paragraphs I-8.1, I-8.5.1, I-8.5.2 and the revised wording stated in Public Proposal 12A-2 does not require the connection, but merely requires the referenced standards only for installation. COMMITTEE AC!IOQ[~: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee fe l t that the subject would be handled better by a building code requirement.

(Log #4) 12A- 4 - (I-9.4.2): Reject SUBMITTER: Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protection COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-5 RECOMMENDATION: Delete paragraph I-9.4.2 SUBSTANTIATION: Reference to paragraph 1-11.1.6. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-6 (Log #27).

(Log #20) 12A- 5 - (I-9.4.2): Reject ~_U_~_~TTER: Norbert W. Makowka, Evergreen Park, IL COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-5 RECOMMENDATION: Delete new paragraph in entirety. SUBSTANTIATION: As stated in paragraph I-2 Purpose:

"This standard is prepared for . . . so that such equipment wi l l function as intended throughout i t ' s l i f e . "

The proposed paragraph is directed to systems that are removed for service.

I agree that the Halon should be recovered for future use but this may be the responsibility of a federal agency, i .e . , EPA, DOT. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-6 (Log #27).

(Log #27) 12A- 6 - (I-9.4.2): Reject SUBMITTER: David J. Parrish, Compressed Gas Association, Inc. COMMENT ON PROPOSAL N_Q~.: 12A-5 RECOMMENDATION: Delete the following wording that was proposed to be added at the end of 1-g.4.2:

"A label that wi l l require the proper return of the agent shall be affixed to al l new and existing containers. Filled containers must be returned for recycling or recovery of the agent when no longer needed." SUBSTANTIATION: We agree in principle with the intent of recovering unused Halon agent to minimize release of unnecessary Halon discharges into the atmosphere.

However, the wording is inappropriate for the fo l lowing reasons:

a. I t exceeds the scope and respons ib i l i t i es of the 12A Committee as defined in paragraph 1-1 and 1-2.

b. The proposed addi t ion does not define the wording to be used on the label , nor the colors, nor the size or format. Any wording, format, etc. should be defined so that one (1) universal label should be used.

c. The wording does not c lear ly define who must return the f i l l e d cyl inders; who they return them to, who is responsible for recovering the unused agent; who is responsible for implementing th is requirement, record keeping, etc.

The requirement is too vague and unenforceable. d. This requirement should f a l l under the

respons lb i l i t y of EPA or DOT, NOT NFPA. , This is the only way that a uniform national

requirement implemented. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COHMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee f e l t that there was a need to ensure that cyl inders be returned for recylcing and recovery of the agent.

(Log #3) 12A- 7 - (1-10.6.1, 1-10.6.6, 1-10.6.7, A-1-10.6.6 and A- l - lO.6 .6(b) ) : Hold for Further Study SUBMITTER: Hal Sanders, Hal R. Sanders & Associates, Inc. COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO~.: N/A RECOMMENDATION: Revise paragraph I-I0.6.1 to read:

"System flow calculations shall be based on the methods given in this section."

Revise paragraph 1-10.6.6 by adding the following: "In addition to the pipeline pressure drop, system

calculatlons shall include velocity pressure changes at flow splits and pipe size changes based on the following equation:

Velocity head = . 6 ~ 2 pD"

Where: Q is the flow rate in Ibs./sec. p is the density in Ibs./cu f t D is the diameter in inches"

Revise 1-10.6.7 by adding the following sentence: "Nozzle discharge calculations shall be based on

manufacturer's published nozzle specifications to include specific flow rate or percent of maximum theoretical discharge from an open pipe in accordance with the l is t ing of the nozzle."

Add second paragraph to opening paragraph A-1-10.6.5 and A-l-lO.6.6(b):

"Flow calculations below are based on pipeline pressure losses and do not include velocity pressure changes at flow splits or pipe size changes. Also, terminal pressures are static pressures and do not include the effects of velocity pressure. More accurate analysis of system losses for design purposes should incude the use of velocity pressure." B~_U~_TAN~: 1-10.6.1 -The last phrase of the existing text " . . . or any other method approved or Listed by a testing laboratory," permits the l ikely possibi l i ty of numerous methods of calculation, which are acceptable to testing laboratories. The definition of "Listed" in Paragraph I-4 and "Official NFPA Definitions" refers to equipment or materials, neither of which can be construed as a "method of calculation." Also, the use of "a testing laboratory" in this case seems to permit any testing laboratory, regardless of qualifications to determine the adequacy of calculations.

124

I f calculations are le f t exclusively to manufacturers of devices, who must have a l isted computer calculation program; which somehow corroborates test results for a given system, regardless of i ts calculation method, NFPA and the engineering community have been abandoned as far as "standards for design" are concerned. I t would appear to me that " l i s t ing" or "approval" should be limited to pre-engineered systems.

1-10.6.6 The use of velocity pressures f o r calculating terminal pressure at nozzles is recognized in appendix par. A-1-10.6.7, however, i t is not speci f ied ,for system f low ca lcu la t ions . Use of v e l o c i t y pressure change f low s p l i t s and pipe size changes can resu l t in more accurate ca lcu la t ions , p a r t i c u l a r l y fo r la rger systems.

1-10.6.7 Basic nozzle design is not complicated and var ies very l i t t l e between manufacturers, however, present methods of secrecy through l i s t i n g of nozzle discharge data or codes and ca lcu la t ion programs, ] i m i t i n g the use of a s ingle manufacturer 's nozzles per system creates, purchasing and design problems when modi f icat ion or expansion of the system occurs. I f other manufacturer 's d i s t r i bu to r s are desired for such work, the system must be completely redeslgnedusing another manufacturer 's nozzles, according to the

~ resent wording, essen t i a l l y e l im ina t ing compet i t ive ids for renovat ion work. A-1-10.6.6 and A-1-10.6.6(b) - Present sample

ca lcu la t ions provlde a means fo r system check, but are unnecessari ly inaccurate for system design. Future examples should include complete analys is in order fo r the user to gain a be t te r understanding of two-phase flow. CO M I ~ E AC~I_ON: Hold for Further Study. COMMITTEE STATEMENt: The comment introduces a concept that has not had public review.

(Log #5) 12A- 8 - (1-10.6.3): Accept in Principle B$_U_B_PLIJ~_~E:. Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protection ~Pj~t~ _NI _ _0 N__ _~ _R {)~_O_~_A_!~ _ ~ LO_~: 12A-6 RECOMMENDATION: Remove the word "exactly" replacing wording with "shall be as entered into the flow calculation program." ~UBSTANTIATION: Cannot cut and f i t . pipe without a tolerance. CO~M_I!TE_EE_A_C_TION: Accept in Pr inc ip le . COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-9 (Log #16).

(Log #16) 12A- 9 - (I-10.6.3): Accept ~_UBMITTER: William Eckholm, Fire Suppression Systems Associat ion COMMENT ON PROPOSAL_N.O~: 12A-6

I ~ ~ : Delete word "exac t l y " in l i ne 2. SUBSTANTIATION: "Exact ly" is considered over ly precise and r e s t r i c t i v e . A d i f ference of a= few inches in p ip ing length would have no e f fec t in f low charac te r i s t i cs ; but would require system reca lcu la t ion since i t is not "exac t l y " as presented in the o r i g ina l ca lcu la t ions . The in ten t of the requirement is obvious without the word "exactly." ~MMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #21) 12A- 10 - (1-10.6.3) : Accept in Pr inc ip le SUBHITT_~_R: Norbert W. Makowka, Evergreen Park, IL ~L~H_E~I_QN__P OPB~93J~J~_Q~.: 12A-6 EF,_CQMMENDA~ION: Delete the word "exactly." ~UBSTANTIATION: A certain tolerance must be allowed. For example, pipe lengths are usually rounded off to the nearest fu l l foot length.

The wood "exactly" could be interpreted by an AH3 as meaning that a system, would have to be replaced and pipe lengths used to th exact inch dimension. ~QMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-9 (Log #16).

(Log #28) 12A- 11 - (I-10.6.3): Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: David 3. Parrish, Compressed Gas Association, Inc. COMMENT ONpROPOSAL NO.: 12A-6 RECOMMENDATION: Delete word "exactly" in second l ine. SUBSTANTIATION: The term "exactly" implies that no deviation, however sma11, from the precise value is permitted. While this i s practical and important in the case of f i t t ings, i t is less c r i t i ca l for pipe lengths. Minor deviations in pipe lengths do not • noticably affect system performance.

Deletion of the term "exactly" permits the desired f l e x i b i l i t , yet meets the intent of the paragraph. ~ET~_C_T_~_OJ~: Accept in Pr inc ip le . COMMITTEE ~TATEMENT: See Comment, 12A-g (Log #16).

(Log #6) 12A- 12- ( I - I I . I . 6 ) : Reject S U B ~ : Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protection COMMENT ON PROPOSAL N O . : 12A-9 RECOMMENDATION: Add the following to:

"All Halon removed from re f i l l ab le containers during service, maintenance, or removed from useful service shall be collected and recylcled."

• SUBSTANTIATION: This replaces the need for paragraph, I-9.4.2. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Inadequate substantiation.

(Log #13) 12A- 13 - ( I- I ' I . I .6):- Reject SUBMITTER: Daniel W. Moore, E.I. duPont deNemours & Co. COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-g RECOMMENDATION: Revise as follows:

"All Halon removed from re f i l l ab le containers during service or maintenance shall be collected. I f i t is not returned to the same container or system, this Halon shall be recycled after being cert i f ied for compliance with the quality requirements of Table I-9.2." SUBSTANTIATION: Concern for theEarth's protective ozone Layer and requirements of the Montreal protocol w i l l encourage recycling of Halon. The quali ty of this recycled material must be assured. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: At present there is no practical method for implementing qual l t~contro l at the f le ld service level.

(Log #29) 12A- 14 - (2-6:2.2): Reject ,~_U_B~_I_I~_~: David 3. Parrish,.Compressed Gas Association COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-13 RECOMMENDATION: Revise f i r s t sentence as follows:

"The agent discharge shall be substantially completed in a nominal 20 seconds or as otherwise requlred by the authority having jur isd ic t ion." SUBSTANTIATION: Test data obtained during the DuPont Computer Fire Test series ih 1971 demonstrates no signif icant differences in products of decomposition due to minor changes in application rate of the Halon 1301 agent to a given f i re . ~he DuPont test series involvedtest ing at Ansul, Chemetron, DuPont and Fenwal test f ac i l i t i es . • During the Fenwal tests, a standard f i re test was prepared and repeated, varying only the discharge time. The test was conducted four times, with the

d lscharge , t ime being 1.2, 7.0, 11.5 and 19.0 seconds. Each tes~ was conducted in the same way with type and quant i ty of fue l , f ree-burn time and percent Halon 1301 concentrat ion del ivered being f ixed var iab les . The resul ts of the tests are summarized in the table below.

125

Test #19 (1.2 sec)

Test #20 151.2 0.15 (7.0 sec)

Test #21 1 6 0 . 4 0.10 (11.5 sec)

Test #23 140.0 O.Z3 (19.0 sec)

Fenwal Tests April 22, 1971 thru May 7, 1971 Average Values "On-Site" at Fenwal

HBr MV F HF MV Br- 138.6 0.26 33.0 129.8 0.93

18.7 132.2 0.81

13.1 114.8 1.68

Test #19 (1.2 sec)

Test #20 (7.0 sec)

Test #21 (11.5 sec)

Test #23 (19.0 sec)

30.1 118.7 1.43

Units for Data Shown is ppm

Average Values Obtained at DuPont's Freon Freon Products Laboratory

HBr MV F HF HV Br- HBr

116.8 0.19 25.0 158.2 0.08 2.4

HBr 27.3

23.7

49.5

41.9

133.7 O.lO 12.6 173.1 0.05 1.4

138.9 0.08 9.8 174.8 0.04 1.2

120.5 0.15 19.8 170.0 0.05 1L5

The data obtained was analyzed "On-Site" at the Fenwal test laboratory and veri f ied at the DuPont freon Products Laboratory.

The data shows that no signif icant difference was measured when comparing the test results.

Since the best use of the Halon 1301 agent does not include rapidly developing firess, such as flammable l iquid f i res, and given the early sensing of the incipient f i re condition, one can reasonably assume that the f i re wi l l be small when the agent is discharged. Given that scenario and the products of decomposition data from actual, controlled, tests as shown above, a change from a ten second to a twenty second discharge is jus t i f ied .

NOTE: Supporting material is available for review at NFPA Headquarters.

COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. ~_M_MITIEE STATEMENT: Am subcommittee examined a l l information and recommended no change unless further testing is conducted. This is documented in the subcon~ittee report on f i l e at NFPA.

\

2. Revise the f i r s t sentence of A-I-7.4 Part I A(12) to read:

"All manual stations used to release Halon shall be of the dual action type, and shall be properly identi f ied as to their purpose."

Revise A-I-7.4 Part IA (11) to add: "and properly protected toprevent damage."

SUBSTANTIATION: I. Require c lar i f i ca t ion, that the requirement applies only when a discharge test is to be conducted.

2. 3. Since the section is to become a "shall" requirement in the body of the standard, the rewording wi l l provide greater system r e l i a b i l i t y . COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #7) 12A- 17 - (A-1-7.4 Part I ) : Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protection COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-15 RECOMMENDATION: Revise paragraph A4 to read:

" . . . The piping distr ibut ion system should be inspected internal ly to prevent . . ."

Remove the words " . . . adequately cleaned and." SUBSTANTIATION: Cleaning is covered under 1-10.3.3. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

Change "prevent" to "provide." COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Edi tor ia l .

(Log #8) 12A- 18 - (A-I-7.4 Part I ) : Accept SUBMITTER: Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protection ~_OJ~_~_N_T__ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-15 RECOMMENDATIO_~: Revise paragraph B-3 to read:

" . . . F i l l weight of container shall be veri f ied by weighing or other approved methods." SUBSTANTIATION: Other approved methods can be used. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #22) 12A- 19 - (A-I-7.4 Part I A . I I ) : Accept in Prlnclple ~ : Norbert W. Makowka, Evergreen Park, IL COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-15 RECOMMENDATION: Revise to:

"Manual pull stations should be properly installed, readily accessible, properly ident i f ied and adequately protected." SUBSTANTIATION: To help prevent accidental discharges, the manual pull should be protected to prevent unwanted operation. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 1ZA-16 (Log #17).

(Log #36) 12A- 15 - (I-11.1.3): Accept ~L~_~LE_R: Gary Taylor, Taylor/Wagner, Inc. COMMENTONPB_OP_~_Q=~_A_L__~Q=: 12A-17 RECOMMENDATION__: Delete the word "discharged" from the subject paragraph. ~UBSTANTIATION: The subcommittee appears to have overlooked a requirement for discharge testing which would contradict their statement "halon 1301 should not be used as a test agent." COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #17) 12A- 16 - (A-I-7.4): Accept ~ : Wi111am Eckholm, Fire Suppression Systems Assn. CQ_~NI_Q~I_PRQPOSAL NO.: 12A-15 RECOMM__E_ENPAT_A_!~_~: Since A-I-7.4 Part I is to be moved to the body of the standard, several modifications to existing wording are recommended:

I. Revise A-I-7.4 Part I B(3) to read: " I f a discharge test is to be conducted, containers

for the agent to be used shall be weighed before and after discharge."

(Log #30) 12A- 20 - (A-I-7.4 Part I A . I I ) : Accept in Principle ~ : David 3. Parrish, Compressed Gas Association, Inc. COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-15 RECOMMENDATION: Add to the beginning of paragraph A-I-7.4, Part I A . l l (being moved from the Appendix to

body of the standard): th i n e order to reduce the r isk of accidental system discharge, a l l manual pul l s ta t ions should be of the dual -act lon type. " SUB~ATI__Q~: Dual act ion manual pu l l s tat ions require that the operat ion of them be i n ten t i ona l . Accidental operat ion due to inadvertent contact with the manual pul l s ta t ion would be e l iminated. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Pr inc ip le . COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-16 (Log #17).

(Log #23) 12A- 21 - (A- I -7 .4 Part I A.12): Accept in Pr lnc lp le ~BTM__TJ_T_~: Norbert W. Makowka, Evergreen Park, TL ~QMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-15 RECOMMENDATION: Revise f i r s t sentence to read:

"All manual pull stations used to release Halon should be of the dual action type and properly identi f ied as to their purpose."

126 /

SUBSTANTI__A_]TION: To help prevent accidental discharges a dual action release station should be used. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-16 (Log #17).

(Log #24) 12A- 22 - (A-1"-7.4 Part I B.3): Accept in Prlnclple ~UB~ITTER: Norbert W. Makowka, Evergreen Park, IL C__OMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-15 RECOM/4ENDATION: Revise paragraph to read:

" I f a discharge test is to be performed, the containers for the agent to be used during the testing should be weighed before and after discharge."

.~_V_B~TANTIATION: The current wording could be misleading since discharge testing is not required by the standard. ~Q_M_M~TTE_!EE_~T~_O_N: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment I~A-16 (Log #17).

(Log #26) 12A- 23 - (A-I-7.4 Part I E. (New), A-2-5.3): Accept in Principle ~ : Phill DiNenno, Hughes A~;sociates, Inc. COMMENT ON__~R_OP__P_Q~_AL_NO_.: 12A-16, 12A-22 RECOMMENDATION: Delete the reinstated mateFial on paragraph A-2-5.3 add add the appropriate portions of the "Room Integr i ty Procedure," by the National Fire Protection Research Foundation to the new proposed paragraph A-I-7.4 Part I E. SUB~TANTIT~_A_T_ION: I t is in the best interest of the f i re protection and environmental communities to minimize the unwanted discharge of f i re protection halons into the stratosphere. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

Delete the reinstated A-2-5.3 and insert the following from the NFPRF Report as Appendix B:

Appendix B Enclosure Integr i ty Procedure B-I Procedure Fundamentals. B-I.1 Scope. B-I. I .1 This procedure outlines ~t method to equate

enclosure leakage as determined by ~L door fan test procedure to worst case halon leakage. The calculation method provided makes i t possible to predict the level of the descending interface of the halon/air mixture with respect to time.

B- l . I .2 Enclosure integr i ty testing is not intended to ver i fy other aspects of Halon 1301 system re l i ab i l i t y ; i . e . , hardware operabi l i ty, agent mixing, hydraulic calculations and piping integr i ty.

B-I.1.3 This procedure is l imited to door fan technology. This is not intended to preclude alternative technology such as acoustic sensors.

B-I.2 Limitations and Assumptions. B-I.2.1 Halon System Enclosure. The following

should be considered regarding the halon system and the enclosure:

B-1.2.1.1 Halon System Design. This test procedure only concerns halon total flooding f i re suppression systems using Halon 1301 and designed, installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 12A, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems.

B-1.2.1.2 Enclosure Construction. Malon 1301 protected enclosures, absent of any containing barriers above the false ceil ing, are not within tile scope of this document.

B-l.2.1.3 Halon Concentration. Special consideration should be given to Halon 1301 systems with concentrations greater than 10% since the concern exists that high concentrations may result in significant over-pressures from the discharge event in an enclosure with minimal leakage.

B-I.2.1.4 Enclosure Height. Special consideration should be given to high enclosures where the static pressure due to the Halon 1301 column is higher than the pressure possible to attain by means of the door fan.

B-I.2.1.5 Static Pressures. Where at a l l possible, static pressure di f ferent ia ls (HVAC system, elevator connections, etc.)across the enclosure envelope should be minimized.

B-I.2.2 Door Fan Measurements. The following should be considered regarding the door fan and i ts associated measurements:

B-1-2.2.1 Door Fan Standards. Guidance regarding fan pressurizat ion apparatus design, maintenance and operation is provided by ASTM E779-81, Standard Test Method for Determining Ai r Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization and CAN/CGSB-149.lO-M86, Determination of the Air t lghtness of Bui ldlng Envelopes by the Fan Depressurlzation Method.

B-1-2.2.2 Attached Volumes. There can be no s ign i f i can t attached volumes outside the known enclosure envelope that w i l l al low detrimental Halon leakage that would not be measured by the door fan. Such an attached volume would be s ign i f i cant i f i t is absent of any leakage except into the design envelope and is large enough to adversely af fect the design concentrat ion.

B-1-2.2.3 Return Path. Al l s ign i f i can t leaks must have an unrestr icted return path to the door fan.

B-1.2.2.4 Leak Location. The d l f f l c u l t y in determining the speci f ic leak locat ion on the enclosure envelope boundaries using the door fan is accounted for by assuming halon leakage occurs through leaks at the worst locat ion. This is when one hal f of the tota l

equ lva len t leakage area is assumed to be at the maximum enclosure height and the other half is at the lowest

-point in the enclosure. In cases where the belbw false ce i l ing leakage area (BCLA) is measured using section B-2.6.2, the value attained for BCLA is assumed to ex is t en t i re l y at the lowest point in the enclosure.

B-1.2.3 Retention Calculatlons. The fol lowing should be considered regarding the retent ion calculat ions and i t s associated theory:

B-1.2.3.1 Dynamic Discharge Pressures. Losses due to the dynamic discharge pressures resul t ing from ha]on system actuation are not spec i f i ca l l y addressed.

B-1.2.3.2 Stat ic Pressure. Variable external s ta t ic pressure differences (wind etc. ) are addi t ive and should be considered.

B-1.2.3.3 Temperature Differences. When temperature differences exceeding 18 F (10 C) ex is t between the enclosure under test and the other side of the door fan, special considerations out l lned in th is document should be considered.

B-1.2.3.4 f loor Area. The f loor area is assumed to be the volume divided by the maximum height of the protected enclosure.

B-1.2.3.5 Descending Interface. Two quiescent stable mixtures ex is t separated by a hor izontal , c ]ear ly defined descending interface. For some s i tuat ions, the Descending Interface is not sharp but instead has a f i n i t e thickness. For th is condit ion, i t is important to define the Descending Interface as,the point within th is zone where the halon concentration is 1/2 the design concentratioq. Mechanlcal mixing of the halon mixture is not considered.

B-1.2.3.6 Leak Flow Character ist ics. Al l leak flow is one-dlmenslonal and does not take into account stream functions.

B-1.2.3.7 Leak Flow Direct ion. A par t i cu la r leak area does not have b l -d i rec t lona l flow at any point in time. Flow through a leak area is e i ther into or out of the enclosure.

B-1.2.3.8 Leak Discharge. The outflow from the leak discharges into an i n f i n i t e l y large space.

B-1.2.3.9 Leak Locations. Calculations are based on worst case halon leak locat ions.

B-1.2.3.10 Halon Del ivery: The calculat ions assume that the design concentration of halon w i l l be achieved.

B-1.3 Te~llnology. For the purpose of Appendix B, the fol lowing de f in i t ions are to apply:

Attached Volumes: A space within the enclosure envelope that is not provided with halon.

Blower: The component of the door fan used to move air .

Ceiling Slab: The boundary of the enclosure envelope at the highest elevation.

Column Pressure: The theoretical maximum positive pressure created at the f loor slab by the column of the halon/air mixture.

Door Fan: The device used to pressurize or depressurlze an enclosure envelope to determine i ts leakage characteristics. Also called the fan. pressurization apparatus,

Effective Flow Area: The area that results in the same flow area as the existing system of flow areas when i t is subjected to the same pressure difference over the total system of flow paths.

127

Enclosure: The volume being tested by the door fan. This includes the halon protected enclosure and any attached volumes.

Enclosure Envelope: The floor, walls, ceiling or roof that together constitute the enclosure.

Equivalent Leakage Area: The total combined area of al l leaks, cracks, joints and porous surfaces that act as leakage paths through the enclosure envelope. This is represented as the theoretical area of a sharp edged ori f ice which would exist i f the flow into or out of the entire enclosure at a given pressure were to pass solely through i t . For tile purposes of this document, the ELA is calculated at the column pressure.

Fan Pressurization Apparatus: The device used to pressurize or depressurlze an enclosure envelope to determine i ts leakage characteristics. Also called the door fan.

Floor Area: Plan area for a known elevation. Floor Slab: The boundary of the enclosure envelope

at the lowest elevation. Flow Pressure Gauge: The component of the door fan

used to measure the pressure difference across the blower to give a value used in calculating the flow into or out of the enclosure envelope.

Ha]on Protected Enclosure: The volume protected by the Halon 13Ol system.

Relief Area: The volume outside the enclosure envelope for the discharge or intake of a i r for the door fan.

Return Path: ,The path outside the enclosure envelope that allows air to travel to/from the leak to/from the door faq.

Room Pressure Gauge: The componen t of the door fan used to measure the pressure differential across the enclosure envelope.

Static Pressure Difference: The pressure differential across the enclosure envelope not caused by the discharge process or by the weight of the Halon ]30l. A positive static pressure difference indicates that the pressure inside the enclosure is greater than on the outside, i .e . , smoke would leave the enclosure at the enclosure boundary.

B-2 Test Procedure B-2.1 Preliminary Preparations. Contact the

indivldual(s) responsible for the Halon lJOl protected enclosure and establish, obtain and provide the following preliminary information:

(a) provide a description of the test, (b) advise the time required, (c) determine tile staff needed (to control t raf f ic

flow, set HVAC etc.), (d) determine the equipment required (e.g., ladders), (e) obtain a description of the HVAC system, (f) establish the existence of a false ceiling space

and the size of ceiling t i les, (g) visually determine the readiness of the room

with respect to the completion of obvious sealing, (h) determine i f conflict with other building trades

wi l l occur, ( i ) determine the size of doorways, ( j ) determine the existence of adequate backflow

rel ief area outside the enclosure envelope used to accept or supply the door fan air,

(k) evaluate other conflicting act iv i t ies in and around space (e.g., interruption to the fac i l i t y being tested).

B-2.2 Equipment Required. The following equipment is required to test an enclosure using fan pressurization technology:

B-2.2.1 Door Fan System. B-2.2.].] The door fan or fans should have a total

air flow capacity capable of producing a pressure difference at least equal to the predicted column pressure.

B-2.2.].2 The fan should have a variable speed control or a control damper in series with the fan.

B-2.2.].3 The fan should be calibrated in ai r flow units or be connected to an air flow metering system.

B-2.2.1.4 The accuracy of a i r flow measurement should be ±5% of the measured flow rate.

B-2.2.3.5 The room pressure gauge should be capable of measuring pressure differences from 0 Pa to at least 50 Pa. I t should have an accuracy of ±l Paand divisions of 2 Pa or less. Inclined o i l - f i l l e d manometers are considered to be traceable to a primary

standard and need not be ca l ib ra ted . Al l other pressure-measurement apparatus (e .g . , e lec t ron ic transducer or magnehelic) should be ca l ibra ted at l eas t . year ly .

B-2.2.1.6 A second blower or mu l t ip le blowers with f l ex duct andpanel to f low to above ce i l lngs spaces is op t lona l .

B-2.2.2 Accessories. The fo l lowing equipment is also useful :

(a) smoke gun, f u l l y charged, (b) b r igh t l i g h t source, (c) f l o o r t i l e l i f t e r , (d) measuring tape, (e) masking or duct tape, (f) test forms, (g) mult i- t ip screwdrivers, (h) shop knife or u t i l i t y knife, ( i) several sheets of thin plastic and cardboard, ( j ) door stops, (k) signs to post on doors that say "DO NOT SHUT -

DOOR FAN TEST IN PROGRESS" or "DO NOT OPEN-DOOR FAN TEST IN PROGRESS".

(1) thermometer. B-2.2.3 Field Calibration Check. B-2.2.3.1 This section enables the Authority Having

Jurisdiction to have the overall calibration accuracy of the door fan system checked upon request.

B-2.2.3.2 The f ield calibration check should be done in a separate enclosure. Seal off any HVAC registers and gr i l les i f present. Install the door fan per manufacturer's instructions and section B-2.4. Determine i f a static pressure exists using section B-2.5.2. Check openings across the enclosure envelope for airflow with chemical smoke. I f any appreciable flow or pressure exists, choose another room or eliminate the source.

B-2.2.3.3 Install a piece of cardboard less than. l/B" in thickness (free of any penetrations) in an unused blower port or other convenient enclosure opening large enough to accept a I2"xlZ" opening. Tape or secure the cardboard firmly into place.

B-2.2.3.4 Ensure that the door fan flow measurement system is turned to properly measure pressurization or depressurlzatlon and operate the blower to achieve a convenient pressure di f ferent ial , preferably lO Pa.

B-2.2.3.5 At a given pressure di f ferent ial , measure the flow and calculate an in i t i a l ELA value using section B-2.6.3.

B-2.2.3.6 Measure and cut a square 12"x12" opening in the cardboard. Adjust the blower to the previously

.used pressure di f ferent ial . Measure the flow and calculate a second ELA value using section B-2.6.3.

B-2.2.3.7 Field calibration is acceptable i f the difference between the f i r s t and second ELA value is within ± 15% of the hole area cut in the cardboard. I f the difference in ELA values is greater than ± 15%, the door fan apparatus should be re-calibrated according to the manufacturer's recommendations and either ASTM E77g-81 or CAN/CGSB-14g.lO-M86.

B-2.3 In i t ia l Enclosure Evaluation. B-2.3.1 Inspection. B-2-3.1.1 Note the areas outside the enclosure

envelope that wi l l be used to supply O r accept the door fan air,

B-2.3.1.2 Inspect al l openable doors, hatches, movable partitions for their ab i l i t y to remain shut during the test.

B-2.3.1.3 Obtain or generate a sketch of the floor plan showing walls, doorways and the rooms connected to the test space.

B-2.3.1.4 Look for large attached volumes open to the test space via the floor or wails of the test space. Note volumes and apparent open connecting areas.

B-2.3.1.5 Check floor drains and sink drains for traps with l iquid.

B-2.3.2 Measurement of Enclosure. B-2.3.2.1 Measure the halon protected enclosure

volume. Record al l dimensions. B-2.3.2.2 Measure the highest point in the Halon

protected enclosure, B-2.3.2.3 Calculate the effective floor area by

dividing the total halon protected enclosure volume by the halon protected enclosure height.

B-2.3.3 Preparation. B-2.3.3.1 Advise supervisory personnel in the area

about the details of the test.

128

B-2.3.3.2 Remove papers and objects l l k e l y to be affected by the a i r currents from the discharge of the door fan.

B-2.3.3.3 Ensure adequate re l l e f area is provided. ~Block open a l l doorways that connect the areas outside

the enclosure envelope to al low su f f i c ien t backflow between the door fan and the enclosure leaks. Assure that any doors blocked open do not breach any requirements of the f a c i l i t y , including requirements for securi ty, f i r e protect ion, environmental boundaries, etc. Post signs on open doors: "DO NOT SHUT - DOOR FAN TEST IN PROGRESS".

B-2.3.3,4 Get the user's personnel and/or the halon contractor to set up the room in the same state as when a discharge would occur, i . e . , HVAC shut down, dampers closed, etc.

B-2-3.3.5 Confirm that a l l doors and windows penetrating the enclosure envelope are closed. Open doors and remove several subfloor or ce i l ing t i l e s within the halon protected portions of the enclosure envelope so that halon protected volumes are treated as one space. Do not remove false ce i l ing t i l e s i f above the false ce i l l ng is not protected with Halon 1301.

B-2.4 Door Fan Ins ta l l a t i on . B-2.4.1 The door fan apparatus general ly consists of

a single door fan, A double or mul t ip le door fan for larger spaces or for neut ra l iz ing leakage through a suspended ce i l l ng may be used for certain appl icat ions.

B-2.4.2 Set up one blower uni t in the most convenient doorway leading into the space..Choose the doorway which opens into the largest r e l i e f area (the largest possible volume of bui ld ing space). Consideration must be given to indiv iduals requir ing access into or out of the f a c i l i t y ,

B-2.4.3 Follow the manufacturer's instruct ions regarding setup.

B-2.4.4 Ensure the door fan sealing system is not t i gh te r than the doorway seal that would normally be in effect in that doorway, i . e . , ensure panels are not sealing the doorway better than the normal residing door.

B-2.4.5 Ensure a l l pressure gauges are leveled and zeroed pr ior to connecting them to the fan apparatus. This should be done by f i r s t gently blowing into or drawing from the tubes leading to the pressure gauges so the needle f l u id or readout moves through i t s ent i re span and stays at the maximum gauge reading for 10 seconds. This confirms proper gauge operation. I f using a magnehelic gauge, gently tap the gauge face for 10 seconds. With both ports of each gauge on the same side of the doorway (using tubes i f necessary), zero the gauges with the i r par t i cu la r adjust ing method.

B-2.4.6 Connect the tubing for the room pressure gauge. Ensure the tube is. at the f l oo r slab elevat lon and extends at least 10 feet away from the out le t side of the door fan blower, away from i t s a i r stream path and away from all slgnlficant air streams (i.e., HVAC. ai r flows or openings where airf low could impinge on. the tube).

B-2.4.7 The door fan should be arranged to alternately blow out of (depressurize) and blow into the space (pressurize). Both measurements should be taken as described in section B-2.6.

B-2.5 Door Fan Enclosure Evaluatlon. B-2.5.1 Pressure Runup Inspection. B-2.5.1.1 Activate the blower and adjust the

enclosure pressure to negative 15 Pa or maximum negative achievable (up to 15 Pa).

B-2.5.1.2 Inspect a l l dampers with smoke to ensure they are closing properly. Record problems and not i fy indlviduals responsible for the enclosure of the problems.

B-2.5.1.3 Inspect doors and hatches to ensure correct closure. Record problems and noti fy individuals responslble for the enclosure of the problems.

B-2.5.1J4 Inspect the wall perimeter (above and below the false f loor) and the f loor slab for major leaks. Note location and size of major leaks. ' Track down major a i r flow currents.

B-2.5.2 Static Pressure Measurement. B-2.5.2.1 Seal the blower opening with the door fan

properly installed but without'the blower operating. Observe the room pressure gauge for at least 30 seconds. Look for minor fluctuations in pressure.

B-2.5.2.2 I f any pressure is observed, use a smoke pencil or other ind icat ing method at any pane] opening to ve r i f y flow d i rect ion and the existence of a de f in i te pressure d i f f e r e n t i a l . Record the s ta t ic pressure (Ps) (even i f zero) and the d i rec t ion. Stat ic pressure differences as low as 1/2 Pa can affect the accuracy of test resul ts,

B-2.5.2.3 I f the s ta t i c pressure (Ps) is negative and has an absolute value greater than 25 percent of the column pressure calculated in B-2.6.1.3, this procedure cannot be re] ied upon, and the enclosure may not hold the specif ied ha]on concentration unless tile source of th is excessive s ta t i c pressure can be iden t i f i ed and permanently reduced.

B-2.6 Door Fan Heasurement. B-2.6.1 Total Enclosure Leakage Hethod. B-2.6.1.1 This method determines the Equivalent

Leakage Area of the ent i re enclosure envelope. I t is determined by measuring the enclosure leakage under both pos i t ive and negative pressures and averaging.the readings. This approach is used in order to minimize the influence of s ta t i c pressures on the EtA calculat ion.

B-2.6.1.2 I f any i n i t i a l s ta t i c pressure was observed during the s ta t i c pressure measurement (B-Z.5.2), attempt to determine the cause of th is pressure and to temporari ly reduce or el iminate i t for the duration of thedoor fan test . Possible actions to consider include: sea] o f f ce i l ing level supply registers and/or return g r i ] l e s , shut o f f blowers serving these ducts, shut o f f blowers serving adjacent areas. Do not seal o f f any openings below the ce i l ing leve l . Repeat section B-2.5.2 to determine i f the s ta t i c pressure has been e f fec t l ve l y minimized. Record th is new s ta t i c pressure,

NOTE: This new value is not to be used when conducting the calculat lons in B-2.7.1.7.

B-2.6.1.3 Calculate the column pressure in the ha]on protected enclosure using the fol lowing equation:

P c = ( g ) ( H o ) (rm-ra) (1)

Where: pc = Pressure due to the halon column (Pa) g = Acceleratlon due to grav i ty (9.81M/sec ~) Ho = Height of protected enc]osure (R) r m = Halon/alr mixture density (kg/m ~, see equation 8) r a = Ai r density (1.202 kg/m 3)

I f the calculated column pressure is less than 10 P a , use 10 Pa as the column pressure.

B-2.6.1.4 Act ivate the blower and depressurlze the enclosure by reducing the pressure (dPm) in the enclosure by an amount equal to the coTumn pressure (Pc)- As an example, i f the s ta t i c pressur e measured in -B-2 .6 . l .2 was -1Pa, and the calculated column pressure is 10 Pa, blow a i r out of the room unt l l -11 Pa is obtained. I f the s ta t i c pressure was +1Pa, and the calculated column pressure is 10 Pa, blow a i r out of the room unt i l -9 Pa is obtained. I f using magnehelic gauges, tap both the room pressure.and flow pressure gauges for 10 seconds each. Walt a further 30 seconds before taking the readings.

B-2.6.1.5 Heasure the a i r f low (Qu) required to obtain the pressure reduction (dP m) required.

B-2.6.1.6 The pressure reduction generated may be up to 30% greater, but not lower than the calculated column pressure.

B-2-6.1.7 Repeat paragraphs B-2.6.1.4 through B-2.6.1,6 while pressurizing the enclosure. As an example, i f the s ta t i c pressure measured in B-2.6.1.2 was -1Pa, and the calculated column pressure is 10 Pa, blow a i r into the room unt i l +9 Pa is obtained. I f the s ta t i c pressure was +1 pa, and the calculated column pressure is 10 Pa, blow a i r in to the room u n t l l +11Pa is obtained.

B-2.6.1.8 Ensure that the door fan flow measurement system is actua l ly turned around between tests to properly measure pressurizat ion or depressurization and that the motor rotat ion is not slmpl~y reversed. Ensure that while pressurlzlng, the reference side of the flow pressure gauge(s) reads the ambient pressure outside the enclosure. Ensure that the a i r f low entering the room is not deflected upwards which may cause l l f t i n g of any ex is t ing ce i l ing t i l e s .

129

B-2.6.1.9 In some cases i t may be impossible to both pressurize and depressurlze the space due to large forced airflows into the test space or for other reasons. An example is when the existing static pressure (P.) is greater than the calculated column pressure (P;). An alternative method is to f i rs t measure the amount of airflow required to reduce the pressure across the enclosure envelope to zero. This flow is then deducted from the flow required to achieve the pressure required for the test. The forced air flow may be used to assist in "measuring" the leakage area of the space provided the flow rate of this airflow is rechecked just after the final measurement.

B-2.6.1.I0 Measure the air temperature within the enclosure (T F) and outside the enclosure (TL).

B-2.6.2 Suspended Ceiling Leakage NeutraTization Method (Optional).

B-2.6.2.1 When an enclosure envelope has a suspended ceiling, i t is optional to obtain separate measurements of the leakage area below the ceiling and through the ceiling. This method helps provide the best possible estimate of halon leakage rates, but only applies when a continuous ceil ing exists in the enclosure envelope and enclosure walls exist from the floor slab to the ceiling slab. Consideration for this method exists when the halon system is designed to protect only below the suspended ceiling. This test method does not imply that leakage above the suspended ceil ing is acceptable.

B-2.6.2.2 I f not already done, obtain the Equivalent Leakage Area of the halon protected enclosure using the total enclosure leakage method in section B-2.6.1.

B-2.6.2.3 Ceiling level supply registers and return gr i l les may be temporarily sealed off to increase the accuracy of this method.

B-2.6.2.4 Install two separate door fans or a multiple blower door fan with one blower ducted to the above suspended ceiling space and the other into the room space below the suspended ceiling.

B-2.6.2.5 Separately depressurize both above and below the suspended ceiling so that no flow occurs across the suspended ceiling. A smoke pencil at the suspended ceiling boundary should be used before taking any measurements to assure that al l flow across the suspended ceiling has been effectively neutralized. The correct choice of location in the room to check using the smoke is important. Any airflow in the v ic in i ty of the location used wi l l make i t d i f f i cu l t to determine i f neutral pressure exists.

B-2.6.2.6 Measure the airflow.(Qu) through the fan which is depressurizing the volume Below the false ceiling to obtain the pressure reduction (dP m) requl red.

B-2.6.2.7 The pressure red.ction generated in the volume below the false ceil ing may be up to 30% greater, but not lower than the calculated column pressure.

B-2.6.2.8 Repeat paragraphs B-2.6.2.5 through B-2.6.2.7 while pressurizing the enclosure.

B-2.6.3 Equivalent Leakage Area Calculation. B-2.6.3.1 Section B-2.6.3 outlines the door fan

calculation to be used in conjunction with sections B-2.6.1 and B-2.6.2

B-2.6.3.2 The leakage area is generally derived per CAN/CGSB-149.lO- M86. The CGSB document calculates area at I0 Pa only whereas this procedure calculates area at a minimum of 10 Pa but allows for calculation

a t the Halon Column Pressure which could be greater than 10 Pa.

B-2.6.3.3 The air flow should be corrected for temperature i f the difference between the temperature of the air being blown through the door fan and the temperature of the air going into or out of the leaks during the door fan test exceeds I0°C (18°F). I f this condition exists, correct the flows as follows:

Qc = (Qu) ((TL+273)/(TF +273))0"5 (2)

Where : Qc = Corrected flow (m3/~) Q. Uncorrected flow (mO/s) T[ = Temperature of a i r going through room leaks

(c) T F = Temperature of a i r going through door fan (C)

B-2.6.3.4 For equation (2), corrections for barometric pressure are not necessary since they cancel out, and corrections for humidity are too small to be of concern. No other corrections apply. I f equation (2) is not used, then Qc=Qu .

8-2.6.3.5 A f te r door fan measurements are taken from pressur iz ing and depressurizing the enclosure, the leakage area in each d i rec t ion should be calculated, and the resul ts should be averaged. Each leakage area is cqlculated assuming the densi ty of a i r is 1.202 kg/m ° and the discharge coe f f i c i en t fo r a hole in a f l a t p la te (door fan) is 0.61. The equation is :

A = ( l .271)(Qc)/(dPm)0"5 (3)

Where: A : Area of leaks (m 3) Qc : Door fan f low, corrected (m3/s) dP m = Door fan pressure fo r qc (Pa)

The f l na l value fo r A is determined by averaging the areas obtaine d under both a pos i t i ve and negative pressure.

0-2.6.3.6 Equation (3) should be used fo r both the to ta l enclosure leakage method (sect ion B-2.6.1) and the opt ional suspended c e i l i n g leakage neu t ra l i za t i on method (sect ion B-2.6.2) . For sect ion B-2.6.1, the area of leaks (A) equals the equivalent leakage area (ELA). For sect ion B-2.6.2, the area of leaks (A) equals the below c e i l i n g leakage area (BCLA).

B-2.7 Retention Calcu la t ion. B-2.7.1 Calcu la t ion. B-2.7.1.1 Total Leakage Area. Calculate the to ta l

leakage area (A T ) using the equivalent leakage area (ELA) determined from the door fan measurements as per B-2.6.3. This should be based on a discharge coe f f i c i en t of 0.61 that is used with the door fan apparatus. The fo l low lng equation appl les:

A T =(ELA)* 0.61 (4)

Where: A T = Total leakage area (m 2) ELA= Equivalent leakage area (m 2)

B-2.7.1.2 Lower Leakage Area. I f the leakage area is measured using only sect ion B-2.6.1, Total Enclosure Leakage Method, then equation (5) should be used to ca lcu la te the lower leakage area (ALL). I f the below ce i l l ng leakage area (BCLA) is measured using section B-2.6.2, Suspended Cei l ing Neu t ra l i za t lon Method, then equation (6) appl les instead. These equations are:

ALL = AT/2 (5)

ALL = (BCLA) * 0.61 (6)

Where: ALL = Lower leakage area (m 2) BC[A = Below ce i l i ng leakage area (m 2)

B-2.7.1.3 Leak Fract ion. Determine the lower leak f rac t i on (FA) using the fo l low ing equation:

F A = ALL/A T (7)

where: F A = lower leak fac t ion

B-2.7.1.4 Halon Mixture Density. Calculate the densi ty of the Halon 1301/air mixture (rm) using the fo l lowing equation:

r m = ( (6.283)(c/100)) + ( ( ra)( lOO-c) / lO0) (8)

where: r m = Halon/a i r mixture densi ty (kg/m 3) r a A i r densi ty (1.202 kg/m °) c = Halon 1301 concentrat ion (%)

B-2.7.1,5 Sta t ic Pressure. Determine the correct value fo r (Ps) to be used in equation (10); i f the (P~) recorded is negative l e t i t equal zero (0), i f i t - i s pos i t i ve use the recorded value.

B-2.7.1.6 Minimum Height. Determine from the AuUmr l ty Having Ju r i sd i c t i on the minimum height from the f l o o r slab (H) that is not to be af fected by the descending in te r face during the holding period.

B-2.7.1.7 Time. Calculate the minimum time ( t ) that the enclosure is expected to maintain the descending in te r face above (H), using the fo l lowing equations:

130

C 3 = 2(rm-ra)(g)/(rm+(FA/(l-FA))I/N(ra ))

C 4 = 2(Ps)/r m (lo)

(9)

t = AR[(C3(Ho)+C4 )]-N - (C3(H)+C 4) l -N]

/ [ ( l - N ) (C 3)(F A)(A T )]

Where: t= Time (seconds) C 3 = Constant fo r equation s i m p l i f i c a t i o n C 4 = Constant fo r equatj, on s i m p l i f i c a t i o n A R Room f l o o r area (m c) g = Acce lera t ion due to g r a v i t y (9.81 m/sec 2) PR = S ta t i c pressure (Pa) N-= Exponent value (0.5) Ho = Height of c e i l i n g (m) H = Height of in te r face from f ' loor (m)

B-2.7.2 Acceptance Cri ter ia. The time (t) that was calculated in paragraph B-2.7.1.7 must equal or exceed the holding time period specified by the Authority Having Jurisdiction per paragraph I-7.4.

B-:2.7.3 Sample Calculation. B-2.7.3.1 General. This section provides an example

of leakage area calculations and retention calculations. Door Fan measurements using the total enclosure leakage method (section B-2.6.1) and the optional suspended ceil ing leakage neutralization method (section B-2.6.2) are both considered.

B-2.7.3.2 Enclosure and System Data. The following data regarding the enclosure and tile halon system is provided:

(a) i n i t i a l halon 1301 concentration (c): 6.0% m3(b) volume of halon protected enclosure (V): 153.2

(c) height of halon protection enclosure (Ho): 2.7 m (d) calculation stat ic pressure measurement (Psi:

-2.0 Pa (per B-2.5.2.2; smoke flow.,; into room) (e) door fan static pressure measurement (Psi: -l.O

Pa (per B-2.6.1.2; smoke flows into room) (f) temperature inside enclosure: 18°C (g) temperature outside enclosurf.~: 20°C ( i ) minimum acceptable halon height (Hi: 2m (per

B-2.7.1.6) B-2.7.3.3 Preliminary Calculations. B-2.7.3.3.1 Calculate the effective f loor area (per

B-2.3.2.3) : A R = (153.2)/(2.7) = 56.7 m 2

B-2.7.3.3.2 Calculate the column pressure in the halon protected enclosure (Pc) using equation I (per B-2.6.1.3). Equation ] requires that the Halon/air mixture density (r m) be known. Thus, the Halon/air mixture density (rm) is f i r s t calculated using equation 8 (per B-Z.7.1.4) as follows:

r m = ((6.283)(6/100)) + ((1.202)(100-6)/100) (8) = 0.377 g ~.130

1.507 k /m Pc = (9 .81)(2.7) (1,507 - 1,202) (1)

= 8 . 1 Pa Pc < 10 Pa, therefore P J = 10 Pa per B-2.6.1.3 ' B-2 .7 .3 .3 .3 Determine ~he ta rge t depressur lza t ion

pressure (per 8-2 .6 .1 .4) fo r tak ing door fan measu remen t s.

Dep. Target Pres. = - I - lO = - I1 Pa B-2.7.3 .3 .4 Determine the target p ressur iza t ion

pressure (per B-2.6.1.7) fo r tak ing door fan measurements.

Press. Target Pres. = - I + 10 - + 9 Pa B-2.7.3.4 Total Enclosure Leakage Method. B-2.7.3,4.1 Leakage Area Calcul~¢tion. (a) Using the door fan, measure the total enclosure

airf low while depressurizing the entire enclosure at -.11 Pa (per B-2~6.1.4 and B-2.6.1.5):

Q~)= 0.3069 m°/sec (depressurizir, g) Using the door fan, measure the total enclosure

airf low while pressurizing the entire enclosure at + g Pa (per B-2 .6 . l J and B-2.6.1.5):

Qu'= 0.2197 m°/sec (pressurizing) (c) Correct the door fan airf low for the temperature

difference between the inside and outside enclosure temperatures (per B-2.6.3.3). This. correction is not necessary i f the temperature difference is less than I0°C (18OF) and is not needed for these sample

(1l)

ca lcu la t ions ; however, i t is included herein fo r demonstrat ive purposes. Using equation 2, th is cor rec t ion is :

Oepressur izat ion Qc = (.306g)~(20 + 273)/(18 + 273)) 0.5 (2)

.3080 m°/sec Pressur izat ion Qc = (.2197)~(18 + 273)/(20 + 273)) 0.5 (2)

.2189 m°/sec

(d) Calculate the leakage area (A) from the door fan measurements (per B-2 .6 .3 .5) . Using equation 3, the c a l c u l a t i o n s are:

Depressur lzat lon A = (1,271)( .~080)/ (10) 0"5 (3)

0.1238 m =

A = (1,271)(42189)/(10) 0.5 (3) 0.0880 m E

A = (0.1238 + 0.0880)/(2) = 0.1059

ELA= A = 0.1059 m 2 B-2.7.3 .4 .2 Retention Calcu la t ion (a) Calculate the to ta l leakage area (A T ) using

equation (4) (per B-2 .7 .1 .1) : A T = ( .105g)~(.61) (4)

.0646 m L (b) Calculate the lower leak area (ALL) using

equation (57 (per 8 -2 .7 .1 .2 ) : ALL = (.0646)~(2) (5)

.0323 m L (c) Calculate the leak f r ac t i on (F A) using

equation (7) (per B-2 .7 .1 .3 ) : F A = ( .0323)/ ( .0646) (7)

= 0 . 5 (d) C a l c u l a t e t h e constants fo r equation

s l m p l l f i c a t l o n (C 3 and C 4) using equations (9) and (10) (per B-2.7.1T7), Since the value fo r (Ps) is negat ive, i t is set equal to zero (per B-2 .7 .1 .5) . The ca lcu la t ions are:

C 3 = (2)(1.507 - 1 . 2 0 2 ) (9.81) 1/0 5 (9) / (1.507 + ' ( . 5 / ( 1 - . 5 ) ) • (1.202))

= 2.2090 C 4 = 2(0)/1.507

= 0 (10) (e) Calculate the minimum time ( t ) that the

enclosure is expected to maintain the descending in te r face using equation (11) (per B-2 .7 .1 .7 ) :

= 56.7[(2.2090(2.7) ~1-'5 (11) - (2.2090(2) + O) 1+ / [ ( 1 - . 5 ) ( 2 . 2 0 9 0 ) ( . 5 ) ( . 0 6 4 6 ) ]

= 56.7 (0.3403)/(0.0357) = 540 seconds = 9.0 minutes

B-2.7,3.5 Suspended c e i l i n g leakage Neu t ra l i za t i on Method (optional)

B-2.7.3.5.1 Leakage Area Calculation (a) Determine the equivalent leakage area (ELA) for

the total enclosure as described previously in section B-2.7.3.4.1. The result is:

ELA= 0.1059 m 2 (b) Using the door fan, measure the below ceil ing

enclosure airf low while depressurizlng the below ceil ing enclosure at -11Pa (per B-2.6.2.5 and B-2.6.2.6):

Qu = 0.0767 m3/sec (depressurlzing) (c) Using the door fan, measure the below ceil ing

enclosure airf low while pressurizing the below ceil ing enclosure at +9~Pa (per B-2.6.2.8 and B-2.6.2.6):

Qu = 0.0549 m°/sec (pressurizing) (d) Correct the door fan a i r flow for the

temperature difference between the inside and outside enclosure temperatures (per B-2.6.3.3). This' correction is not necessar~ i f the temperature difference is less than lOUC (18°F) and is not needed for these sample calculations; however, i t is included herein-for demonstrative purposes. Using equation 2, this correction is:

Depressurization Qc = (.0767)~(20 + 273)/(18 + 273)) 0.5 (2)

.0770 m°/sec Pressur izat ion Qc = (,0549)(~18 + 2737/(20 + 273)) 0.5 (2)

.0547 m°/sec

131

(e) Calculate the leakage area (A) from the door fan measurements (per B-2 .6 .3 .5) . Using equation 3, the ca lcu la t lons are:

Depressuri zat i on A = (1.271)( ,0770)/ (10) 0"5 (3)

0.0309 m L Pressur izat ion A = (1.271)(~0547)/(10) 0"5 (3)

0.0220 m ~

A = (0.0309 ~ 0.0220)/(2) 0.0265 m E

BCLA = A = 0.0265 m 2

B-2.7.3.5.2 Retention Calculation. (a) Calculate the total leakage area (A T ) using

equation (4) (per B-2.7.1.I) :

A T = (.I059)~(.61) (4) .0646 m E

(b) Calculate the lower leakage area (ALL) using equation (6) (per B-2.7.1.2):

ALL = (0.0265) J~.61) (6) = 0.0161 m E

(c) Calculate the leak f rac t ion (FA) using equation (7) (per B-2.7 .1 .3) :

FA = (0.0161)/(0.0646) (7) = O. 2492

(d) Calculate the constants fo r equation s imp l i f i ca t i on (C~ and C 4) using equations (9) and (10) (per B-2.7.1_7). Since the value for (Ps) is negat ive, i t is set equal to zero (per B-2.7.1.S). The ca lcu la t ions are:

C 3 = (2)(1.507 - 1.202)(9.81) (9) 1.507+(.2492/(1-.2492))1/0"5 (1.202)) / (

= 3.6502 C 4 = 2(0)/1.507 (10)

= 0 (e) Calculate the minimum time ( t ) that the

enclosure is expected to maintain the descending in te r face using equation (11) (per B-2.7 .1 .7) :

t = 56.7[(3.6502(2.7)1+.~])1- '5 (11) - (3.6502(2) + O) o] / [ (1 - .5 ) (3 .6502) ( .2492) ( .0646) ]

= 56.7 (0.4374)/(0.0294) = 840 seconds = 14 minutes

B-2.7.3.6 Sample Calcu la t lon Results. The minimum time ( t ) that the enclosure is expected to maintain the descending in te r face above height (H) is 9 minutes using the Total Enclosure Leakage Method and 14 minutes using the opt ional Suspended Cei l ing Leakage Neut ra l i za t ion Method. Both of these predic t ions are conservat ive and the actual time is expected to be greater than these values. Because the opt ional Suspended Cei l ing Leakage Neut ra l i za t ion Method is more accurate, i t s resul ts are c loser to what w i l l ac tua l l y occur.

B-2.8 Leakage Control . B-2.8.1 Leakage I nden t l f i ca t i on . B-2.8.1.1 While the enclosure envelope is being

pressurized or depressurized, a smoke pencll or other smoke source should be used to locate and i d e n t i f y leaks. The smoke source should not be produced by an open flame or any other source that is a potential source of f i re igni t ion. Chemical smoke should be used only in small quantit ies and consideration should be given to the corrosive nature of certain chemical smokes and their effects on the f a c i l i t y being tested.

B-2.8.1.2 Leakage ident i f icat ion should focus on obvious points of leakage including wall jo in ts , penetrations of a l l kinds, HVAC ductwork, doors and windows.

B-2.8.1.3 Alternate methods for leakage ident i f icat ion are available and should be considered. One method is the use of a directional acoustic sensor that can be select ively aimed at d i f ferent sound sources. Highly sensitive acoustic sensors are available that can detect a i r as i t flows through an opening. Openings can be ef fect ive ly detected by placing an acoustic source on the other side of the barrier and searching for acoustic transmission independent of fan pressurization or depressurizatlon.

Another a l t e r n a t i v e is to use an in f rared scanning device i f temperature d i f ferences across the boundary are su f f i c i en t .

B-2.8.2 Leakage A l t e ra t l on . B-2.8.2.1 Procedure. B-2.8.2.1.1 Protected areas should be enclosed with

wall pa r t i t i ons which extend from the f l o o r slab to ce i l i ng slab or f l o o r slab to roof .

B-2.8.2.1.2 I f a raised f l o o r continues out of the Halon protected area in to ad jo in ing rooms, pa r t i t i ons shoul d be i ns ta l l ed under the f l o o r d i r e c t ] y under above- f loor border pa r t i t i ons . These p a r t i t i o n s should be caulked top and bottom. I f the ad jo in ing rooms share the same underf loor a i r handlers, then the pa r t i t i ons should have dampers i ns ta l l ed the same as required for ductwork.

B-2.8.2.1.3 Any holes, cracks, or penetrat ions leading in to or out of the protected area should be sealed. This includes pipe chases and wire troughs. A l l wal ls should be caulked around the inside perimeter of the room where the wal ls rest on the f l o o r slab and where the wal ls in te rsec t wi th the ce i l i ng slab or roof above.

B-2.8.2.1.4 Porous block wal ls should be sealed s lab- to -s lab to prevent gas from passing through the block. Mu l t ip le coats of paint may he r e q u i r e d .

B-2.8.2.1.5 A l l doors should have door sweeps or drop seals on the bottoms, weather s t r ipp ing around the Jambs, la tch ing mechanisms and door c loser hardware. In add i t ion , double doors should have a weather str ipped astragal to prevent leakage between doors and a coordinator to assure proper sequence of closure.

B-2.8.2.1.6 Windows should have so l id weather s t r ipp ing around a l l j o i n t s .

B-2.8.2.1.7 A l l unused and ou t -o f -se rv ice ductwork leadlng in to or from a protected area should be permanently sealed o f f ( a i r t i gh t ) with metal plates caulked and screwed in place. Ductwork s t i l l in service with the bu i ld ing a i r handling un i t should have b u t t e r f l y blade type dampers i ns ta l l ed with neoprene seals. Dampers should be spring-loaded or motor-operated to provide 100% a i r shut -o f f . A l te ra t ions to a i r cond i t ion ing, heat ing, v e n t i l a t i n g ductwork and re lated equipment should be in accordance wi th NFPA g0A, Standard fo r the I n s t a l l a t i o n of A i r Condit ioning and Ven t i l a t i ng Systems, or NFPA 90B, Standard fo r the I n s t a l l a t l o n of Warm A i r Heating and A i r Condi t ioning Systems, as appl icab le.

B-2.8.2.1.8 A l l f l o o r drains should have traps and the traps should be designed to have water or other compatible l i q u i d in them at a l l t imes.

B-2.8.2.2 Hater ia ls . B-2.8.2.2.1 A l l mater ia ls used in a l t e r i n g leaks on

enclosure envelope boundaries, inc luding wal ls , f l oo rs , p a r t i t i o n s , f i n i sh , acoust ical t reatment, raised f loo rs , suspended ce i l ings and other construct ion should have a flame-spread ra t ing that is compatible wi th the flame spread requirements of the enclosure.

B-2.8.2.2.2 Exposed c e l l u l a r p las t lcs should not be used fo r a l t e r i n g leakage unless considered acceptable by the au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n .

B-2.8.2.2.3 Cable openings or other penetrat ions in to the enclosure envelope should be f i restopped with mater ia l that is compatible wi th the f i r e ra t ing of the ba r r i e r . ~0MMZTTEE STATEMENT: Current f i r e protect ion pract ice to determine whether a Ha]on 1301 system has been proper ly i ns ta l l ed is to perform a f u l l discharge test along wi th other tests and checks. Yet the l im i t a t i ons of performing a f u l l discharge tes t are being questioned, espec ia l l y with regard to the non-essentla] release of halon gas that is considered p o t e n t i a l l y damaging to the environment. An enclosure i n t e g r i t y procedure is proposed to document the performance and conservatism of enclosure i n t e g r i t y techniques, focusing in p a r t l c u l a r on fan pressur izat ion techniques. This procedure intends to provide f i r e s a f e t y professionals wi th documented guidel ines to e f f e c t i v e l y measure Halon 1301 leakage, to develop a method to cor re la te enclosure i n t e g r i t y with Halon 1301 discharge tests , and to recommend techniques fo r correct ing leakage problems.

132

(Log #9) 12A- 24 - (A-I-7.4 Part IIC Note (New)): Reject SUBMITTER: Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protection ~OMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-17 RECOMMENDATION: Add note . . . At the'tlme this standard is being changed, 121 and sulfur hexafluoride have not been tested to demonstrate simulated behavior of 1301. ~UBSTANTIATION: Test work not completed. COMMITTEE ACTIEN: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Test work has now been completed.

(Log #34) 12A- 25 - (A-1-7 .4 (a ) (1 ) ) : Accept in Pr inc ip le SUBHITTER: B i l l Eckholm, Blue Springs, MO ~O_MMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-18 RECOMMENDATION: Inser t in to Appendix A pip ing mater ia l reference guide. S_U.B_~T_~_TIATION: Incorporat ing in to the appendix the "FSSA Minimum Piping Guidellnes for Halon 1301 Systems" w i l l provide a handy reference guide as to what types and sty les of p ip ing mater ia ls are acceptable per the 12A's reference to the ANSI B31.1 ca lcu la t ion . COMMITTE_I~_~_~TIO~: Accept in Pr inc ip le . COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-32 (Log #33).

(Log #14) 12A- 26 - (A-1-7.4(a)(1)): Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: Daniel W. Moore, E. I. duPont deNemours & Co. COMME~T__~_N PROPOSALNO.: 12A-18 R__E~Z~T~NDATI__ON: Delete:

"To determine that the system has been proper ly i ns ta l l ed and w i l l funct ion as speci f ied. The fo l lowlng add i t iona l test shal l .be performed."

Revise to read: "A test, such as a "puff" test with compressed air or

carbon dioxide shall be performed to check for continuous and obstruction free piping." ~UBSTANTIATION: Eliminates unnecessary wording. COMMITT_EE A ~ : Accept in Principle.

Material wi l l appear in I-7.4. ~_QtIM__ITTEL~_~[_~!A]EMENT: The Committee agrees with the submltter's recommendation but notes that the material was moved to paragraph I-7.4 by Proposal 12A-15.

(Log #32) 12A- 27 - (A-1-7.4.1.2): Accept in Principle ~S_UBMITTER: Bi l l Eckholm, Blue Springs, 140 COMMENT ON PRO_PA_O_~_~_ffQ=.: 12A-16 EB_~{~_O.MEN~Q_N: Incorporate appendix material which clar i f ies how to reform the, now (per 12A-15), mandatory room integrity test. Include in appendix the results of the NFPA Fire Protection Research Foundation Study on Room Integrity. SUBSTANTIATION: This material was original ly going to be "Appendix Data" Committee Action (12A-15) makes A-I-7.4 Part I, a part of the body of the standard. By doing so, we fai l to reference or c lar i fy now to perform these tests, what to do with the results, now to seal the area i f results are poor as well as provide a pass/fail reference. The NFPA research work gives this guidance. COHMI_T[[E ACT_I~_O_N: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Con~ent 12A-23 (Log #26).

(Log #25) 12A- 28 - (A-I-IO.6): Reject ~_M!!!ER: Norbert W. Makowka, Evergreen Park, IL COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO~: 12A-20 ~_MMENDATION: Delete in i t ' s entirety. SUBSTANTIATION: The data given is not completely accurate and can be misleading. Also, al l Halon flow programs are U.L. l isted as per U.L. 1058. OLMMITTEE ACTIOB: Reject. ~OJ~_M]~!!EE__~TATEMENT: The data as rewritt'en is useful for balanced systems only and i ts limitations are noted.

(Log #35) 12A- 29 - (A-I-I0.6): Reject ~ : Bi l l Eckholm, Blue Springs, MO COMMENT ON PR~PO_Q~L_N_Q=.: 12A-20 RECOMMENDATION: Delete al l but f i r s t paragraph of A-1-I0.6 (New). ~_UBSTANT[ATION: Even the statement in the standard acknowledges there is inadequate data in the standard for these calculations to give the correct answer. I f al l the data is not present, don't put a partial formula in the standard. This only misleads people into believing they have the correct answer. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-28 (Log #25)~

(Log #18) 12A- 30 - (A-1-10.6): Reject SUBMITTER: Wil l iam Eckholm, Fi re Suppression Systems Assn. COMMENT ON__P_RO~N_O..: 12A-20 RECOMMENDATION: Delete proposed text in i ts entirety. SUBSTANTIATION: The second paragraph of the proposal recognizes that the material is not adequate nor complete enough for design purposes and recommends that only l isted calculation methods are to be used for design purposes.

The material is considered misleading, of no value in system design, and should not be included in the standard. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-28 (Log #25).

(Log #10) 12A- 31 - (A-1-10.6): Reject SUBMITTEd: Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protect ion COMMENT ON PB_OPOSAL NO.: 12A-20 RECOMMENDATION: Delete paragraph A-I-I0.6 system flow calculations and A-I-I0.6.3. SUBSTANTIATION: Information is not complete and does not match manufacturing data that passed the U.L. 1058 testing program. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-28 (Log #25).

(Log #33 ) 12A- 32 - (A-1-10.6.3) : Accept in Pr inc ip le SUBMITTER: B i l l Eckholm, Blue Springs, MO ~OMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO~: 12A-6 RECOMMENDATI~: Incorporate appendix mater ia l which c l a r i f i e s the types and sty les of p ip ing a l lowable. Inser t FSSA pub l lca t ion "Minimum Piping Guidellne for Halon 1301 Systems" in to the appendix at A-1-10.6.3:

This document presents ca lcu la t lons to provide minimum pipe schedules (wal l thickness) for use with both 360 psi and 600 psi Halon 1301 f i r e ext inguish ing systems in accordance with NFPA Standard 12A.

NFPA standard 12A (Halon 1301 Fire Ext inguishing Systems, 1987 ed i t i on ) paragraph 1-10.1, requres that , "the pipe wall shal l be calculated in accordance with ANSI B31.1" "Power Piping Code."

Minimum Piping Requirements fo r Halon 1301 Systems 360 psi and 600 psi Charging Pressure

1. L imi ta t ions on pip ing to be used for ttalon systems (or any pressurized f l u i d ) are set by:

(a) Maximum pressure expected w i th in the pipe; (b) Mater ial of construct ion of the pipe, tens i le

strength of the mater ia l , y i e ld strength of the mater ia l , and temperature l i m i t a t i o n s of the mater ia l ;

(c) Jo in ing methods i . e . , threaded, welded, grooved, e tc . ;

(d) Pipe construct ion method i . e . , seamless, ERW ( e l e c t r i c resistance welded), furnace welded, e tc . ;

(e) Pipe diameter; and ( f ) Wall thickness of the pipe. 2. The ca lcu la t ions are based on the fo l lowlng: (a) In accordance with NFPA 12A (1987), paragraph

1-10.1.1(a) , the minimum calculated pressure is 1000 psi fo r systems using an i n i t i a l charging pressure of 600 psi , and 620 psi fo r systems using an i n i t i a l charging pressure of 360 psi ;

1 3 3 , •

(b) The ca lcu la t lons apply only to steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-53 or ASTM A-106, and copper tubing conforming to ASTM B-88; and

(c) The ca lcu la t ions cover threaded, welded, and grooved j o i n t s fo r steel pipe; and soldered/brazed and compression or f la red f i t t i n g s fo r copper tubing.

3. The basic equation to find the minimum wall thickness for piping under internal pressure is:

WHERE: t = [PD/2SE] + A

t = required wall thickness (inches) D = outside pipe diameter (inches) P = maximum allowable pressure (psi)

SE = maximum allowable stress [including jo int efficiency] (psi)

A = allowance for threading, grooving, etc. (inches) NOTE: for these calculations

A = depth of thread for threaded connections A = depth of groove for cut groove connections A = zero for welded or rolled groove connections A = zero for joints in copper tubing, using

flared or compression f i t t ings, or brazed or soldered connections.

The term SE is defined as I/4 of the tensile strength of the piping material or 2/3 of the yield strength (whichever is lower) multiplied by a jo int efficiency factor.

3oint efficiency factors are:

1.0 for seamless 0.85 for ERW (Electric resistance welded) 0.60 for furnace butt weld (continuous weld) (Class F)

4. The following l is t ing gives values for SE as taken from Appendix A of the ASME/ANSI Code for Pressure Piping (ASME/ANSl B31). Identical values are given in ASME/ANSl 831.1 (Power Piping) and ASME/ANSI 31.g (Building Services Piping).

Grade C Seamless Pipe Grade B Seamless Pipe Grade B Seamless Pipe Grade A Seamless Plpe

Grade A Seamless Pipe Grade B ERW Pipe Grade A ERW Pipe Class F Furnace Welded

Pipe Seamless Copper Tubing

(Annealed) Seamless Copper Tubing

(Brawn) 5. The Basic Equation

SE Value

ASTH A-106 17500 psi ASTM A- 53 15000 psi ASTM A-106 15000 psi ASTM A- 53 12000 psi

ASTM A-106 12000 psi ASTM A- 53 12800 psi ASTM A- 5 3 10200 psi

ASTH A- 53 6800 psi

ASTM B- 88 5100 psi ASTM B- 88 9000 psi

can be rewritten to solve for P so as to determine the maximum allowable pressure for which a pipe of thickness t can be used:

P = 2SE (t-A)/D

As required by NFPA Standard 12-A (1987), paragraph 10.1.1, fo r systems having a charging pressure of 360 psi , the calculated pressure (P) must be equal to or greater than 629 psi.

For systems having a charging pressure of 600 psi, the calculated pressure (P) must be equal to or greater than I000 psi.

These pressure values are based on a maximum agent storage temperature of 130 F.

6. I f higher storage temperatures are approved for a given System, the internal pressure shall be adjusted to the maximum internal pressure at maximum temperature. In performing this calculation, al l jo int

.factors and threading, grooving, or welding allowances shall be taken into account.

7. Paragraph 102.2.4(B) of the Power Piping Code (ASME/ANSI B3I.I) allows the maximum allowable stress (SE) to be exceeded by 20 percent i f the duration of the pressure (or temperature) increase is limited to less than 1 percent of any 24 hour period. Since the halon piping is normally unpressurized the system discharge period satisfies this cr i ter ia. Therefore, the plplng calculation set out in this paragraph are based on values of SE which are 20 percent greater than that outlined above in paragraph four (per appendix A of the Code). The specific value for maximum allowable stress used in these calculations, are as follows:

SE Value Grade C Seamless Pipe ASTM A-lO6 21000 psi Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTH A- 53 ]8000 psi Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTM A-106 18000 psi Grade A Seamless Pipe ASTH A- 53 14400 psi Grade A Seamless Pipe ASTM A-106 14400 psi Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTM A- 53 15360 psi Grade A ERW Pipe ASTM A- 53 12240 psi Class F Furnace Welded

Pipe ASTH A- 53 8160 psi Seamless Copper Tubing

(Annealed) ASTM B- 88 6120 psi Seamless Copper Tubing

(Drawn) ASTH B- 88 10800 psi

NOTE 1: When using copper tubing with soldered or brazed connections, the maximum al lowable stress (SE) must be based on the annealed value.

NOTE 2: When using ro l l ed groove connections, or welded connections wi th in te rna l pro ject ions (backup r ings, e t c . ) , the hydraul ic ca lcu la t ions shal l consider these fac tors .

NOTE 3: Pipe supplied as dual s tenci led A-120/A-53 Class F meets the requirements of Class F furnace welded pipe ASTM A-53 as l i s t ed above. Ordinary cast - i ron pipe, stee] pipe conforming to ASTM A-120, or nonmetal l lc pipe shal l not be used.

NOTE 4: A l l grooved coup l l ngs / f i t t l ngs shal l be l ls ted/approved fo r use with Halon 1301 ext ingu ish ing systems. NOTE 5: The above ca lcu la t ions do not apply to extended discharge exceeding 14.4 minutes.

134

Minimum Piping Requirements Halon 1301 Systems - 360 PSI Charging Pressure

STEEL PIPE - THREADED CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-I06 Seamless, Grade C ASTM A-IO6/A-S3 Seamless Grade B ASTM A-IO6/A-S3 Seamless Grade A ASTM A-S3 ERW Grade B ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A ASTM A-53 Furnace Weld Class F

Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru I - I / 2 in. NPS Schedule 80 - 2 in. thru 8 in. NPS

STEEL PIPE - WELDED OR ROLLED GROOVE CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-I06 Seamless, Grade C ASTM A-IO6/A-S3 Seamless Grade B ASTM A-106/A-53 Seamless Grade A ASTM A-53 ERW Grade B ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A ASTM A-53 Furnace Weld Class F

Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 6 in. NPS Schedule 80 - 8 in. NPS

STEEL PIPE - CUT GROOVE CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-IO6 Seamless, Grade C ASTM A-IO6/A-S3 Seamless. Grade B ASTMA-106/A-53 Seamless Grade A ASTM A-53 ERW Grade B ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A

ASTM A-53 Furnace Weld Class F Schedule 80 - 4 in. thru 8 in. NPS

COPPER TUBING - FLARE[) OR COMPRESSION FITTINGS

Drawn Drawn Drawn Anneal ed Armeal ed Armeal ed

ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-BB Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless

COPPER TUBING - BRAZED OR SOLDERED FITTINGS

Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . th ru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . th ru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . th ru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . th ru 5 in . NPS Schedule 8 0 - 6 in . th ru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . th ru 3 in . NPS

Type K 1/4 in . th ru 8 in . Type L 1/4 in . th ru 3 in . Type M 1/4 in , th ru 1-1/2 in . Type K I /4 in. thru I in. Type L I /4 in. thru 3/4 in. Type M I /4 in. ONLY

ASTM B--88 Seamless, Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless, Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless, Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless, Annealed ASTH B-88 Seamless, Annealed ASTM B-88 Seamless, Annealed

Type K 1/4 in . thru 1 i n . Type L 1 /4 " i n . thru 3/4 in . Type M 1/4 in . ONLY Type K 1/4 in . th ru 1 in . Type L 1/4 in , th ru 3/4 in . Type M 1/4 in . ONLY

135

Minimum Piping Requirements Halon 1301 Systems - - 600 PSl Charging Pressure

STEEL PIPE - THREADED CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-]06 Seamless, Gr. C. ASTM A-lO6/A-53 Seamless Gr. B.

ASTM A-]O6/A-53 Seamless Gr. A.

ASTM A-53 ERW Grade B

ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A

ASTM A-53 Furnace We]d CI.F

STEEL PIPE - WELDED CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-I06 Seamless, Gr. C. ASIM A-106/A-53 Seamless Gr. B, ASTM A-IO6/A-53 Seamless Gr. A. ASTM A-53 ERW Grade B ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A

ASTH A-53 Furnace Weld CI.F

Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule

40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS 40 - 1/8 in. thru S in. NPS 80 - 6 in. thru 8 in NPS 40 - 1/8 in. thru 2- I /2 in. NPS 80 3 in. thru 8 in. NPS 40 - I /8 in. thru 3 in. NPS 80 4 in. thru 8 in. NPS 40 - I /8 in. thru I - I / 4 in. NPS 30 I - I / 2 in. thru 8 in. NPS 40 - I /8 in. thru I/2 in. NPS 80 - 3/4 in. thru 2- I /2 in. NPS 120 - 3 in. thru 8 in. NPS

Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in. thru 6 in. NPS Schedule 80 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 3 in. NPS Schedule 30 - 4 in. thru 6 in. NPS Schedule 120- 8 in. NPS

COPPER TUBING - FLARED OR COMPRESSION FITTINGS

ASTM B-88 Seamless, Drawn ASTH B-88 Seamless, Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless, Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless, Annealed ASTM B-88 Seamless, Annealed ASTM B-88 Seamless, Annealed

COPPER TUBING - BRAZED OR SOLDERED FITTINGS

ASTM B-88 Seamless Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless Annealed ASTM B-88 Seamless Annealed ASTM B-88 Seamless Annealed

Type K I /4 in. thru 1-I /4 in. Type L I /4 in. thru 3/4 in. Type M I /4 in. thru 3/8 in. Type K I /4 in. thru 3/8 in. Type L DO NOT USE Type M DO NOT USE

Type K I /4 in. thru 3/8 in. Type L DO NOT USE Type M DO NOT USE Type K I /4 in. thru 3/8 in. Type L DO NOT USE Type M DO NOT USE

~_U_B_~]_~N_TIATIO_N: Using the proper type and sty le of piping is important. This appendix material wi l l c l a r i f y what is allowable per ANSI B31.1 as mandated by A-I- ]O.I . l . COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

The submitter's recommendation is acceptable with the f o l l owing changes :

1) The material w i l l replace the exist ing A-1-10. I . I . 2) In the notes fo r the calculat ions. Delete: A = zero fo r j o in t s in copper tubing, using

f lared or compression f i t t i n g s , or brazed or soldered connections. And replace with the fol lowing: A = zero for jo in ts in copper tubing using compression f i t t i n g s .

3) Delete Note I and renumber accordingly. 4) Add the fol lowing Note 5:

NOTE 5. Compression f i t t i n g s shall be l i s ted approved for use with the type of tubing and pressures per NFPA 12A 1-10.2.2 (600 psi systems 1000 psi working pressure; 360 ps systems 620 psi working pressure)

5) In the minimum piping requirements table fo r 360 psi charging pressure delete the copper tubing - brazed or soldered f i t t i n g s portlqn of the table. Also delete reference to f lared.

6) In the minlmim p ip ing requirements tab le fo r 600 psi charging pressure de le te the copper tubing - brazed or soldered f i t t i n g s por t ion of the tab le . Also de]ere reference to f l a red . COMHITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee f e l t that the mater ia l being added is a c l a r i f i c a t i o n of the types and s ty les of p ip ing a l lowable by subsection ] -10.1.1 . The Committee reviewed the mater la l fo r accuracy and deleted the por t ions on copper tubing - brazed or soldered.

(Log #15) 12A- 33 - (A-2-5.3) : Reject ~UBHITTER: Daniel W: Moore, E. I . duPont deNemours & Co. COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-22

-RECOMMENDATION: Under the sect ion e n t i t l e d "Enclosure wi th mechanlcal m ix ing , " the sample ca lcu la t ion uses the f igu re 10,000, but i t should be 100,000. SUBSTANTIATIO_~: The example states that the room is 100,000 c u f t in volume. Also, the math supports a f i gu re of 100,000.

136

CO M~I_ITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATE~: Material deleted see Comment 12A-23 (Log #26).

(Log #I) 12A- 34 - (A-2-5.3): Reject B~_UBM~_U_ER: M. 3. Stelzer, Lummus Crest, Inc. COMMENT ON PROPOSAL NO.: 12A-22 BE~C~NDATIQN: In example calculation of G, revise "10,000" in the denominator to read "100,000." SUBSTANTIATION: Text error. The given volume condition is 100,000 cu f t . ~ _ Q ~ [ [_~_CJ~_Qff: Reject. COMMITTEE STAT[MENT: Material deleted. See Comment 12A-23 (Log #26).

(Log #31) 12A- 35 - (A-2-6.5.2) : Accept in Pr inc lp le _S_~BMITTER: David J. Parr ish, Compressed Gas Associat ion f~Q_~ EN T___Q~__P R QP_Q_S_AL N 0. : 12A-23 RE_[CO~D__ATIQN: Delete proposed new wording and replace with the following:

"Selecting the appropriate nozzle discharge rate is c r i t i ca l to reducing the potential of secondary damage due to discharging agent. Careful consideration of cei l ing type and construction, nozzle dlscharge. characteristics and insta l la t ion methods is suggested. Consultation with the system manufacturer is recommended." ~S_UB~N3j~T!QN: Many factors must be considered in order to produce a practical and effective system. The proposed new wording meets the intent of the TCR material but is not restr ic t ive in i ts guidance. A

~ eneral guidance as to maximum flow rate, such as 15 b/sec/nozzle, places needless burden on the designer

and allows no practical f l e x i b i l i t y . COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

Delete proposed wording and replace with the fo l low ing :

"For a given type of nozzle se lect ion of the appropr iate nozzle discharge rate is c r i t i c a l to reducing the po ten t ia l of damage due to discharging agent. Careful consideration of ce' i l ing type and construction, nozzle discharge characteristics and insta l la t ion methods is necessary. Maximum flow rates should be based on manufacturer's recommendations. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Edi tor ia l .

(tog #19) 12A- 36 - (A-2-6.5.2): Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: Wi11iam Eckholm, Fire Suppression Systems Assn. COMMENT ON PROP_~AS_AL_~O~: 12A-23 RECO_~MEN_E~__~.IION: Delete proposed text in i ts ent irety. ~VBSTANTIATIQN: The proposed wording is considered unduly restr ic t ive. I t relates possibi l i ty of damage only to nozzle flow rate. The proposed wording does not consider differences in nozzle design or nozzle placement.

The present wording of 2-6.5.2 and A-2-6.5.2 are adequate without defining a specific l imit ing flowrate. ~_OM~ITTEEAT~.T~_QN: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment I?-~-35 (Log #31).

(Log #11) 12A- 37 - (A-2-6.5;2): Accept in Principle ~ : Earl D. Neargarth, Ansul Fire Protection [_Q~_~NT___Q~_rROPOSAL NO.: 12A-23 BE_C_Q~MENDATION: Delete second sentence and add the following . . . Maximum flow rates should be based on manufacturer's recommendations. ~IBSTANTIATION: Each manufarturer's nozzles performance and discharge paLterns are di f ferent. [_QMMITTEE AC!~Q_~: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Comment 12A-35 (Log #31).

NOTICE: The following draft of NFPA 12A-1989 incorporates the Committee Action on the proposed changes.

(The next revision of NFPA 12A is planned for the Iggo Fall Meeting with a proposal closing date of September 15, 19Bg:)

NFPA 12A

Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Ext inguishing Systems

1989 Edition

NOTICE: An asterisk(*) following the number or le t te r designating a paragraph indicates explanatory material on that paragraph in Appendix A.

Information on referenced publications can be found in Chapter 4 and Appendix C.

Chapter I General

1-I Scope. This standard contains minimum requirements fo r Halon 1301 f i re extinguishing systems. I t includes only the essentials necessary to make the standard workable in the hands of those ski l led in this f ie ld . Portable Halon 1301 extinguishers are covered in NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers.

Only those ski l led in this work are competent" to design and instal l this equipment. I t may be necessary for many of those charged with purchasing, inspecting, testing, approving, operating, and maintaining this equipment to consult with an experienced and competent f i re protection engineer to ef fect ively discharge their respective duties.

I-2 Purpose. This standard is prepared for the use and guidance of those charged with purchasing, designing, instal l ing, testing, inspecting, approving, l i s t ing , operating, and maintaining halogenated agent extinguishing systems (Halon 1301), so that such equipment wi l l function as intended throughout i ts l l f e . Nothing in this standard is intended to restr ict new technologies or alternate arrangements provided the level of safety prescribed by this standard is not lowered.

Pre-engineered systems (packaged systems) consist of system components designed to be installed according to pretested l imitat ions as approved or l isted by a testing laboratory. Pre-englneered systems may incorporate special nozzles, flow rates, methods of application, nozzle placement and pressurization levels, which may d i f fer from those detailed elsewhere in this standard. All other requirements of the standard apply. Pre-engineered systems shall be installed to protect hazards within the l imitat ions that have been establlsi~ed by the testing laboratories where l isted.

I-3 Arrangement. This standard is arranged as follows:

Chapter I - - General Information and Requirements.

Chapter 2 - - Total Flooding Systems.

Chapter 3 m Local Application Systems.

Chapter 4 m Referenced Publications.

Appendix A ~ Explanatory.

Appendix B - - Enclosure Integr i ty Procedure

Appendix C ~ Referenced Publ icat ions.

Chapters I through 4 cons t i tu te the body of the standard and contain the rules and regulat ions necessary fo r proper ly designing, i n s t a l l l n g ,

137

inspecting, testing, approving, operating, and maintaining halogenated agent f i re extinguishing systems.

Appendix A contains educational and informative material that w i l l aid in understanding and applying this standard.

Appendix B contains the enclosure integr i ty procedure for Halon 1301 total flooding f i re suppression systems.

I-4 Definitions and Units.

I-4.1 Definitions. For purpose of c lar i f icat ion, the following general terms used with special technical meanings in this standard are defined:

Approved. Acceptable to the "authority having jur isd ic t ion."

NOTE: The National Fire Protection Association does not approve, inspect or cert i fy any instal lat ions, procedures, equipment, or materials nor does i t approve or evaluate testing laboratories. In determining the acceptabil ity of instal lat ions or procedures, equipment or materials, the authority having jur isdict ion may base acceptance on compliance with NFPA or other appropriate standards. In the absence of such standards, said authority may require evidence of proper insta l lat ion, procedure or use. The authority having jur isdict ion may also refer to the l ist ings or labeling practices of an organization concerned with product evaluations which is in a position to determine compliance with appropriate standards for the current production of l isted items.

Authority Having 3urisdiction. The "authority having jur isdict ion" is the organization, off ice, or individual responsible for "approving" equipment, an insta l lat ion, or a'procedure.

NOTE: The phrase "authority having jur isdict ion" is used in NFPA documents in a broad manner since jur isdict ions and "approval" agencies vary as do their responsibi l i t ies. Where public safety is primary, the "authority having jur isdict ion" may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department or individual such as a f i re chief, f i re marshal, chief of a f i re prevention bureau, labor department, health department, building o f f i c i a l , electr ical inspector, or others having statutory authority. For insurance purposes, an insurance inspection department, rating bureau, or other insurance company representative may be the "authority having jur isd ic t ion." In many circumstances the property owner or his delegated agent assumes the role of the "authority having jur isdict ion"; at government instal lat ions, the commanding of f icer or departmental o f f ic ia l may be the "authority having jur isd ic t ion."

Listed. Equipment or materials included in a l l s t published by an organization acceptable to the authority having jur isdict ion and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of production of l isted equipment or materials and whose l i s t ing states either that the equipment or material meets appropriate standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner.

NOTE: The means for identifying l isted equipment may vary for each organization concerned with product evaluation, some of which do not recognize equipment as l isted unless i t is also labeled. The authority having jur isdict ion should u t i l i ze the system employed by the l i s t ing organization to ident i fy a l isted product.

Normally Occupied Area. One that is intended f o r occupancy.

Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement.

Should. Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.

Other terms used with special technical meaning are defined or explained where they occur in the standard.

I-4.2 Units.

I-4.2.1 Metric units of measurement in this standard are in accordance with the modernized metric system known as the International System of Units (Sl). Two units ( l i t e r and bar), outside of but recognized by Sl, are commonly used in international f i re protection. These units are l isted in Table I-4.2 with conversion factors.

1-4.2.2 I f a value for measurement as given in this standard is followed by an equivalent value in other units, the f i r s t stated is to be regarded as the requirement. A given equivalent value may be approximate.

Table I-4.2 Metric Conversion Factors

N a m e of Unit Uni t Symbol Convers ion Factor

liter . L 1 gal = 3.785L cubic decimeter dms 1 8al = 3.785 dms pascal Pa I psi = 6894.757 Pa bar bar ! psi = 0.0689 bar bar bar I bar = l0 s Pa

For additional conversions and information see ASTM E380, Standard for Metric Practice.

In Canada refer to Canadian Metric Practice Guide, CSA Standard CAN3-Z234.1-79.

I-5" General Information and Requirements.

I-5.1 The information and requirements in Chapter 1 are generally common to al l Halon 1301 (bromotrifluoromethane CBrF 3) systems.

I-5.2" Halon 1301.

I-5.2.1 Halon 1301 is a colorless, odorless, e lect r ica l ly nonconductive gas that is ah effective medium for extinguishing f i res.

I-5.2.2 According to present knowledge, Halon 1301 extinguishes f ires by inhibi t ing the chemical reaction of fuel and oxygen. The extinguishing effect due to cooling or di lut ion of oxygen or fuel vapor concentration is minor.

I-5.3 Use and Limitations.

I-5.3.1 Halon 1301 is included in the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer signed September 16, 1987. The protocol permits continued ava i lab i l i t y of halogenated f i re extinguishing agents at 1986 production levels. Halon 1301 f i re extinguishing systems are useful within the l imits of this standard in extinguishing f ires in specific hazards or equipment, and in occupancies where an e lect r ica l ly nonconductive medium is essential or desirable, where cleanup of other media presents a problem.

I-5.3.2 Some of the more important types of hazards and equipment that Halon 1301 systems may sat is factor i ly protect include:

(a) Gaseous and l iquid flammable materials.

(b) Electrical hazards such as transformers, oi l switches and c i rcui t breakers, and rotating equipment.

(c) Engines u t i l i z ing gasoline and other flammable fuels.

1 3 8 .

(d) Ordinary combustibles such as paper, wood, and t e x t i l e s .

(e) Hazardous so l ids .

( f ) E lect ronic computers, data processing equipment, and control rooms.

.

1-5.3.3 Halon 1301 has not been found e f f ec t i ve on the fo l lowing:

(a) Certain chemicals or mixtures of chemicals such as ce l lu lose n i t r a t e and gunpowder, which are capable of rapid ox idat ion in the absence of a i r .

(b) Reactive metals such as sodium, potassium, magnesium, t i tan ium, zirconium, uranium, and plutonium.

(c) Metal hydrides.

(d) Chemicals capable of undergoing autothermal decomposition, such as cer ta in organic peroxides and hydrazine.

1-5.3.4 Specif ic l i m i t a t i o n s are placed on Halon 1301 to ta l f loodlng systems. (See 2-1.1.3 and 2-1 .1 .4 . )

1-5.3.5 E lec t ros ta t i c charging of nongrounded conductors may occur during the discharge of l i que f ied gases. These conductors may discharge to other objects, causing an e l e c t r i c arc of s u f f i c i e n t energy to i n i t i a t e an explosion. (See NFPA 77, Recommended Pract ice on Sta t ic E l e c t r l c l t y . )

1-5.4 Duration of Protect ion. I t i:; important that an e f f ec t i ve agent concentrat ion not on'ly be achieved, but that i t be maintained fo r a s u f f i c i e n t period of time to al low e f f ec t i ve emergency act ion by t ra ined personnel. This is equal ly important in a l l classes of f i r es since a pers is tent i gn i t i on s o u r c e (e .g . , an arc, heat source, oxyacetylene torch, or "deep-seated" f i r e ) can lead to a recurrence of the i n l t i a l event once the agent has d iss ipated. Halon 1301 ext inguish ing systems normally provide pro tec t ion for a period of minutes, but are excep t iona l l y e f f ec t i ve for cer ta in app l ica t ions . Water supplies for standard spr ink lers , on the other hand, are normally designed to provide protect ion for one-hal f to four hours durat ion, but spr ink lers may be less e f f ec t i ve in con t ro l l i ng many f i r es . The designer, the buyer, and the emergency force in pa r t i cu l a r shal l be f u l l y aware of the advantages and ] i m i t a t i o n s of each, the residuat r isks being assumed, and the proper emergency procedures.

1-5.5 Types of Systems.

1-5.5.1 There are two types of systems recognized in th is standard: t o ta l f looding systems and local app l i ca t ion systems.

1-5.5.2 A to ta l f lood ing system con:sists of a supply of Halon 1301 arranged to discharge in to , and f i l l to the proper concentrat ion, an enclosed space or enclosure about the hazard.

1-5.5.3 A local app l i ca t ion system consists of a supply of Halon 1301 arranged to discharge d i r e c t l y on the burning material.

I-5.6 Halon 1301 System. A Halon 1301 system may be used to protect, one or more hazards or groups of hazards by means of directional valves. Where two or more hazards may be simultaneously involved in f i re by reason of their proximity, each hazard shall be protected with an individual system ,~ith the combination arranged to operate simultaneously or shall be protected with a single system that shall be sized and arranged to discharge on al l potent ia l ly involved hazards simultaneously.

I-6 Safety.

I-6.1" Hazards to Personnel.

1-6.1.1 Experience and tes t ing have shown that personnel may be exposed to Halon 1301 vapors in low concentrat ion fo r b r i e f periods wi thout serious r isk ; however, unnecessary exposure is not recommended. (See 2-1.1.3 and 2-1 .1 .4 . ) Exposure to high concentrations or for prolonged periods may produce dizziness, impaired coordinat ion and disturbance s in cardiac rhythm. Fol lowing the extlngulshment of a f i r e with Halon 130l, the atmosphere may also contain combustion and decomposition products in quant i t ies that may be hazardous to personnel. In add i t ion , the ef fects of the noise, turbulence, high v e l o c i t y , and low temperature associated with the discharge of the agent shal l be considered.

1-6.1.2" Safety Requirements. In any proposed use of Halon 1301 where there is a p o s s i b i l i t y that people may be trapped in or enter in to atmospheres madehazardous, su i tab le safeguards shal l be provided to ensure prompt evacuation of and to prevent entry in to such atmospheres and also to provide means for prompt rescue of any trapped personnel. Such safety items as personnel t ra in ing , warning signs, discharge alarms, and breathing apparatus shal l be considered.

1-6.2 E lec t r i ca l Clearances. A l l system components shal l be located to maintain minimum clearances f rom l i v e parts as shown in Table 1-6.2.

As used in th is standard, "clearance" is the a i r distance between Halon 1301 equipment, inc luding piping and nozzles, and unenclosed or on uninsulated l l v e e l ec t r i ca l components at other than ground po ten t i a l . The minimum clearances l i s t ed in Table 1-6.2 are for the purpose of e l ec t r i ca l clearance under normal condi t ions; they are not intended for use as "safe" distances during f ixed Halon 1301 system operat ion.

The clearances given are for a l t i t udes of 3,300 f t (1000 m) or less. At a l t i t udes in excess of 3,300 f t (lO00 m), the clearance shal l be increased at the rate of 1 percent for each 330 f t (100 m) increase in a l t i t u d e above 3,300 f t (lO00 m).

The clearances are based on minimum general pract ices re lated to design Basic Insu la t ion Level (BIL) values. To coordinate the required clearance with the e lec t r i ca l design, the design BIL of the equipment being protected shal l be used as a basis, although th is is not mater ia l at nominal l l ne vol tages of 161 kv or less.

Up to e l ec t r i ca l system voltages of 161 kv, the design BIL kv and corresponding minimum clearances, phase to ground, have been establ lshed through long usage.

At voltages higher than 161 kv, un i formi ty in the re la t ionsh lp between design BI t kv and the various e l ec t r i ca l system voltages has not been establ ished in pract ice. For these higher system voltages i t has become common pract ice to use BIL leve ls dependent on the degree of protect ion to be obtained. For example, in 230-kv systems, BILe of 1050, 900, 825, 750 and 650 kv have been u t i l i z e d .

Required clearance to ground may also be affected by switching surge duty, a power system design factor that , along with BIL, must cor re la te with selected minimum clearances. E lec t r l ca l design engineers may be able to furnish clearances d ic ta ted by switching surge duty. Table 1-6.2 deals only with clearances required by design BIL. The selected clearance to ground shal l sa t i s fy the greater of switching surge or BIL duty, rather than being based on nominal vo l tage.

139

Table 1-6.2

Clearances From Halon 1301 Equipment or Live Uninsulated E lec t r i ca l Components

Nominal Maximum Design Minimum* System System BIL Clearance

Voltage (kv) Voltage (kv) (kv) (in.) (ram)

To 13.8 14.5 110 7 178 25 -24.5 150 10 254 34.5 36.5 200 13 330 46 48.3 250 17 432 69 72.5 350 25 635

115 121 550 42 1067 138 145 650 50 1270 161 169 750 58 1473 230 242 900 76 1930

1050 84 2134 345 362 1050 84 2134

1300 104 2642 500 550 1500 124 5150

1800 144 3658 765 800 2050 167 4242

*For vol tages up to 161 kv, the clearances'are taken from NFPA 70, National E lec t r l ca l Code®. For vol tages of 230 kv and above, the clearances are taken from Table 124 of ANSI C-2, National E lec t r i ca l Code.

In Canada, re fe r to Canadian E lec t r i ca l Code, Part I , CSA Standard C22.1-1986.

NOTE: BIL values are expressed as k i l o v o l t s (kv) , the number being the crest value of the ~utl wave impulse test that the e l ec t r i ca l equipment is designed to withstand. For BIL values not l i s t ed in the tab le , clearances may be found by i n te rpo la t i on .

Possible design va r ia t i ons in the clearances required at higher vol tages are evident in Table 1-6.2, where a range of BIL va]ues is indicated opposite the various voltages in the h lgh-vo l tage por t ion of the tab le . However, the clearance between uninsulated energized parts of the e l ec t r l ca l system equipment and any

" por t ion of the Halon 1301 system shal l not he less than the minimum clearance provided elsewhere fo r e l e c t r i c a l system insu la t ions on any ind iv idua l component.

I -6.2.1 When the design BI t is not ava i lab le , and when nominal vo l tage is used for the design c r i t e r i a , the highest minimum clearance l i s t ed fo r t h i s g r o u p shal l be used.

1-7 Spec i f icat ions, Plans, and Approvals.

1-7.1 Spec i f ica t ions. Speci f icat ions for Halon 1301 f i r e ext ingu ish ing systems shal l be prepared under the supervision of a person f u l l y experienced and qua l i f i ed in the design of Halon 1301 ext inguish ing systems and with the advice of the au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n . The spec i f i ca t ions shal l include a11 per t inent items necessary for the proper design of the system such as the designat ion of the au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n , variances from the standard to be permitted by the au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n , and the type and extent of the approval tes t ing to be performed a f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n of the system.

1-7.2 Plans.

1-7.2.1 Plans and ca lcu la t ions shal l he submitted for approval to the au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n before i n s t a l l a t i o n begins. Their preparat ion shal l be entrusted to none but persons f u l l y experienced and qua l i f i ed in the design of Halon 1301 ext inguish ing systems.

1-7.2.2 These plans shal l be drawn to an indicated scale or he su i tab ly dimensioned and shal l be made so they can be eas i l y reproduced.

1-7.2.3 These plans shal l contain s u f f i c i e n t de ta l l to enable an evaluat lon of the hazard(s) and the ef fect iveness of the system. The de ta i l of the hazards shal l include the mater ia ls involved in the hazards, the locat ion of the hazards, the enclosure or l lm i t s and i so l a t i on of the hazards, and the exposures to the hazards.

1-7.2~4 The de ta i l on the system shal l include informat ion and ca lcu la t lons on the amount of Halon 1301; container storage pressure; in terna l volume of the container; the loca t ion , type, and f low rate of each nozzle inc ludlng equiva lent o r i f i c e area; the loca t lon , s ize, and equlvalent lengths of pipe, f i t t i n g s , and hose; and the locat ion and size of the storage f a c i l l t y . Deta i ls of pipe size reduction method and o r i en ta t i on of tees sha11 be c lea r l y ind icated. Informat ion shal l be submitted per ta in ing to the locat ion and funct ion of the detect ion devices, op6rat lng devices, a u x i l i a r y equipment, and e lec t r i ca l c i r c u i t r y , i f used. Apparatus and devices used shal l be i d e n t i f i e d . Any speclal features shal l be adequately explained.

1-7.2.5 An as -bu i l t i ns t ruc t ion and maintenance manual that includes a f u l l sequence of operat ion and a f u l l set of drawings and ca lcu la t ions shal l be maintained tn a c lea r l y i den t i f i ed p ro tec t i ve enclosure at or near t he system control panel.

1-7.3 Approval of Plans.

1-7.3.1 Plans and ca lcu la t ions shal l be submitted for approval before work s ta r ts .

1-7.3.2 When f i e l d condi t ions necessitate any material change from approved plans, the change shal l be submitted fo r approval.

1-7.3.3 When such mater la l changes from approved plans are made, corrected "as i ns ta l l ed " plans shal l be provided.

1-7.4" Approval of I n s t a l l a t i o n s .

1-7.4.1 The completed system shal l be tested by qua l i f i ed personnel to meet the approval of the

• au tho r i t y having Ju r i sd i c t i on . Only l i s t ed or approved equipment and devices shal l be used in the systems. To determine that the system has been proper ly i ns ta l l ed and w i l l funct ion as spec i f ied, the fo l lowlng tests shal l be performed.

1-7.4.1.1 The pip ing shal l be pneumatlcal ly tested in a closed c i r c u i t fo r a period of 10 minutes at 150 psig. At the end of 10 minutes, the pressure drop shal l not exceed 10 percent of the tes t pressure. When pressur iz ing the p ip ing, pressure shal l -be increased in 50 psi (3.5 bar) increments.

CAUTION: Pneumatic pressure tes t ing creates a po ten t ia l r isk of i n j u r y to personnel in the area, as a resu l t of a i rborne p r o j e c t i l e s , i f rupture of the p ip ing system occurs. Pr ior to conducting the pneumatic pressure tes t , the protected area shall be evacuated and appropr iate safeguards shal l he provided fo r tes t personnel.

Exception: The pressure tes t may be omitted i f the to ta l p ip ing contains no more than one chan~e in d i rec t i on f i t t i n g between the storage container and the discharge nozzle, and where a l l p ip ing is phys lca l ly checked fo r t ightness.

1-7.4.1.2 Pr ior to the pressure tes t , a physical inspect ion of the p ip ing, nozzle, and t h e i r supports shal l determine that the p ip ing and nozzles are restra ined so that no unacceptable movement, e i the r ve r t i ca l or l a t e r a l , occurs other than the normal movement ant ic ipated w i th in the res t ra in ing device (hanger).

140

I-7.4.1.3

A. The following mechanical items shall be checked:

I. The piping distr ibut ion system shall be inspected to determine that i t is in compliance with the system drawings and the hydraulic calculations indicated on the computer printout associated with each agent storage container piping and nozzle configuration.

2. Nozzles and pipe size shall be in accordance with system drawings. Means of pipe size reduction and attitudes of tees shall be checked for conformance to the design.

3. Piping "joints, discharge nozzles, and piping supports shall be securely fastened to prevent agent leakage and hazardous movement during discharge.

4. The piping distr ibut ion system shall be inspected internal ly to detect the possib i l i ty of any oi l or particulate matter soi l ing the hazard area or affecting the agent distr ibut ion due to a reduction in the effective nozzle or i f ice area.

5. The discharge nozzle shall be oriented in such a manner that optimum agent dispersal can be effected.

6. I f nozzle deflectors are instal led, they shall be positioned to obtain maximum benefit.

7. The discharge nozzles, piping, and mounting brackets shall be installed in such a manner that they wi l l not potent la l ly cause injury to personnel.

(a) Agent shall not be discharged at head high or below, where personnel in the normal work area would be injured by the agent discharge.

(b) Agent shall not d i rect ly impinge on any loose objects or shelves, cabinet tops, or similar surfaces where loose objects could be present and become missiles.

8. The detection devices shall be checked for proper type and location as specified on the system drawings.

9. Detectors shall not be located near obstructions or a i r vent i lat ion and cooling equipment that would appreciably affect their response ch~Lracteristics. Where applicable, a i r changes for the protected area shall be taken into consideration. Refer to NFPA 72E, Standard on Automatic Fire Detectors, and the manufacturer' s recommended gui deli ne:. concerning this area.

I0. The detectors shall be installed in a neat, professional manner and in accordance with technical data regarding their instal lat ion.

I I . Manual pull stations shall be properly instal led, readily accessible, accurately i den t i f i ed , and properly protected to prevent damage.

12. All manual stations used to release Halon shall be of the dual action type, and shall be properly identi f ied as to their purpose. Pari:icular care shall be taken where manual release device;; for more than one system are in close proximity and could be confused or the wrong system actuated. Manual si:ations in this instance shall be clearly ident i f ied as towhich zone orsuppresslon area they affect.

13. For systems with a main/reserve capabil i ty, the main/reserve switch shall be properly instal led, readily accessible, and clearly ident i f ied.

14. For systems using abort switcl~es, the switches shall be of the deadman type requiring constant manual pressure, properly instal led, readily accessible within the hazard area, and clearly ident i f ied. Switches that remain in the abort position when released shi~ll not be used for this purpose. Manual pull :stations shall always override abort switches.

15. The control unit shall be properly installed and readily accessibIe.

B. Inspect ion of Agent and Containers

1. A l l agent storage containers shal l be properly located in accordance wi th an approved set of system drawings.

2. All containers and mounting brackets shall be securely fastened in accordance with the manufacturer's requiremehts•

3. I f a discharge test is to be conducted, containers for the agent to be used shall be weighed before and after discharge. F i l l weight of container shall be ver i f ied by weighing or other approved methods.

4. Adequate quantlty of agent to produce the desired specified concentration shall be provided. The actual room volume shall be checked against those indicated on the system drawings to ensure the proper quantity of agent. Fan coastdown and damper closure time shall be taken into consideration.

C. Electrical Checkout

I. All wiring systems shall be properly installed in compliance with local codes, insuring agencies, and the system drawings.

2. All f ie ld c i rcui t ry shall be measured for ground fault and short c i rcui t condition. When measuring f ie ld c i rcui t ry , a l l electronic components (such as smoke and flame detectors or special electronic equipment for other detectors or their mounting bases) shall be removed and Jumpers properly installed to prevent the possib i l i ty of damage within these devices. Replace components after measuring.

3. Power shall be supplied to the control unit from a separate dedicated source.

4. Adequate and rel iable primary and 24-hourminlmum standby sources of energy shall be used to provide for operation of the detection, signaling, control, and actuation requirements of the system•

5. All auxi l iary functions such as alarm sounding or displaying devices, remote annunciators, a i r handling shutdown, power shutdown, and so on shall be checked for proper operation in accordance with system requirements and design specifications. I f possible, al l air-handling and power-cutoff controls shall be of the type that once interrupted require manual restart to restore power.

6. Silencing of alarms ( i f desirable) shall not affect other auxi l iary functions such as a i r handling or power-cut off i f required in the design specification.

D. Functional Test or Predlscharge Test

1. Functional test (predischarge)

(a) I f the system is connected to an alarm receiving off ice, the alarm receiving off ice shall be notif ied that the f i re system test is to be conducted and that an emergency response by the f i re department or alarm station personnel is not desired. All concerned personnel at the end-user's f ac i l i t y shall be notif ied that a test is to be conducted and instructed as to the sequence of operation.

(b) Disable each agent storage container release mechanism so that activation of the release circui t wi l l not release agent. Reconnect the release circuit with a functional device in l ieu of each agent storage co,tainer release mechanism. For e lec t r ica l ly actuated release mechanisms, these devices may include 24-volt lamps, flash bulbs, or c i rcui t breakers. Pneumatically actuated release mechanisms may include pressure gauges. Refer to the manufacturer's recommendatlons in a l l cases.

(c) Check each detector for proper response.

(d) Check that polar i ty has been observed on al l polarized alarm devices and auxi l iary relays.

141

(e) Check that a l l end-o f - l l ne res is tors have been ins ta l l ed across the detect ion and a l a m bel l c i r cu i t s where required.

2. System funct ional operat ional tes t

(a) Operate detect ion i n i t i a t i n g c i r c u i t ( s ) . A l l alarm funct ions shal l occur according to the design spec i f i ca t ion .

(h) Operate the necessary c i r c u i t to i n i t i a t e a second alarm c i r c u i t . Ver i f y a l l second alarm funct ions occur according to design spec i f i ca t ions .

(c) Operate manual release. Ver i f y that manual release funct ions occur according to design spec i f i ca t ions .

(d) I f suppl ied, operate abort switch c i r c u i t . Ver i f y that abort funt lons occur according to design spec i f i ca t ions . Confirm that v isual and audible supervisory signals are received at the control panel.

(e) A l l automatic valves shal l be tested unless tes t ing the valve w i l l release Halon or damage the valve (dest ruc t ive t es t i ng ) .

( f ) Where required, pneumatic equipment shal l be checked fo r i n t e g r i t y to assure proper operat ion.

3. Testing of remote monitor ing operat ions, i f app l icab le

(a) Operate one of each type of input device whi le on standby power. Ver i f y that an alarm signal is received at remote panel a f t e r device is operated. Reconnect primary power supply.

(b) Operate each type of a l a m condi t ion on each signal c i r c u i t and v e r i f y receipt o f . t r oub le condi t ion at the remote s ta t ion ,

4. Testing of the control panel primary power source"

(a) Ver i f y that the control panel is connected to a dedicated c i r c u i t and labeled proper ly . This panel shal l be read i l y accessible, yet res t r i c ted to unauthorized personnel.

(b) A primary power f a i l u r e shal l be tested in accordance with the manufacturer's spec i f i ca t ion with the system f u l l y operated on standby power fo r the required design per iod.

5. When a l l predlscharge work is completed, reconnect each agent storage container so that ac t i va t i on of the release c i r c u i t w i l l release the agent. System shal l be returned to i t s f u l l y operat ional design condi t ion.

6. Tests shal l be in accordance wi th the appropr iate NFPA or Canadian standards (see Chapter 4).

E. Enclosure I n t e g r i t y Check. A l l t o ta l f lood ing systems shal l have the enclosure examined or tested to locate and then e f f e c t i v e l y seal any s i gn i f i can t a i r leaks that could resu l t in a f a i l u r e of the enclosure to hold the speci f ied Halon 1301 concentrat ion leve l fo r the speci f ied holding period. The cur ren t ly preferred method i s using a blower door fan un i t and smoke penc i l . I f quan t i t a t i ve resul ts are recorded these could be useful fo r comparison at future tests .

F. To determine that the system has been proper ly i ns ta l l ed and w i l l funct ion as spec i f ied, the fo l lowing add i t iona l tes t shal l be performed. A tes t , such as a "puf f " tes t with compressed a i r or carbon d iox ide, shal l he performed to check fo r continuous and obstruct ion f ree p ip ing.

1-8 Detect ion, Actuat ion, and Control Systems.

1-8.1 Detect ion, actuat ion, alarm, and control systems shal l be i ns ta l l ed , tested, and maintained in accordance wi th appropr iate NFPA pro tec t i ve s ignal ing systems standards (see NFPA 70, National E lec t r i ca l

Code; NFPA 72A, Standard fo r the I n s t a l l a t i o n , Halntenance and Use of Local Protect ive Signal ing Systems fo r Guard's Tour, F i re Alarm and Supervisory Service; NFPA 72B, Standard fo r the I n s t a l l a t i o n , Maintenance and Use of A u x i l l a r y Protect ive Signal ing Systems fo r Fire Alarm Service; NFPA 72C, Standard for the I n s t a l l a t i o n , Haintenance, and Use of Remote Stat ion Protect ive Signal ing Systems; NFPA 729, Standard fo r the I n s t a l l a t i o n , Maintenance and Use of Propr ie tary Signal lng Systems, and NFPA 72E, Standard on Automatic Fi re Detectors. In Canada re fe r to CAN/ULC - $524-H86, Standard fo r the I n s t a l l a t i o n of Fire A lam Systems, and CAN/ULC - $529-H87, Smoke Detectors fo r Fi re Alarm Systems).

1 - 8 . 1 . 1 Automatic detect ion and automatic "actuation shal l be used.

Exception: Manual-only actuat ion may be used i f acceptable to the au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n where automatic release could resu l t in an increased r i sk .

1-8.2 Automatic Detect ion.

1-8.2.1 Automatic detect ion shal l be by any l i s t ed or approved method or device capable of detect ing and ind ica t ing heat, f lame, smoke, combustible vapors, or an abnormal condi t ion in the hazard, such as process t roub le , that is l i k e l y to produce f i r e .

NOTE: Detectors i ns ta l l ed at the maximum spacing as l i s t ed or approved fo r f i r e alarm use may r e s u l t in excessive delay in agent release, espec ia l ly where more than one detect ion device is required to be in alarm before automatic actuat ion resu l ts .

1-8.2.2 Adequate and r e l i a b l e primary and 24-hour minimum standby sources of energy shal l be used to provide fo r operat ion of the detect ion, s ignal ing, con t ro l , and actuat ion requirements of the system.

1-8.3 Operating Devices.

1-8.3.1 Operating devices shal l include Halon 1301 re leasing devices or valves, discharge contro ls , and shutdown equipment necessary fo r successful pefor~ance of the system.

1-8.3.2 Operation shal l be by l i s t e d or approved mechanical, e l e c t r i c a l , or pneumatic means. An adequate and r e l i a b l e source of energy shal l be used.

1-8.3.3 A l l devices shal l be designed fo r the service they w i l l encounter and shal l not be read i l y rendered inoperat ive or suscept ible to accidental operat ion. Devices.shal l be normal ly designed to funct ion properly

o o o from -20°F to 150 F (-29 C to 65C) or marked to ind icate temperature l i m i t a t i o n s .

1-8.3.4 A l l devices sha'll be located, i ns ta l l ed , or su i tab ly protected so that they are not subject to mechanical, chemical, or other damage that would render them inoperat ive .

1-8.3.5 The normal manual con t ro l (s ) fo r actuat ion shal l be located fo r easy a c c e s s i b i l i t y at a l l t imes, inc luding time of f i r e w i th in the protected area. The manual cont ro l (s ) shal l be of d i s t i n c t appearance and c l ea r l y recognizable fo r the purpose intended. Operation of th is control shal l cause the complete system to operate in i t s normal fashion.

1-8.3.6 A means of emergency release of the system resu l t ing from a s ingle manual operat ion shal l he provided. This may be by means of the normal manual con t ro l ( s ) , where the control equipment is provided with an un in ter ruptab le power supply. The emergency release shal l also cause simultaneous operat ion of automat ica l ly operated valves con t ro l l i ng agent release and d i s t r i b u t i o n .

1-8.3.7 Manual contro ls shal l not require a pul l of more than 40 lb (]78 newtons) nor a movement of more than 14 in. (356 nan) to secure operat ion. At least one manual control fo r ac t i va t i on shal l be located not more than 5 f t (1.5 m) above the f l oo r .

142

I-8.3.8 Where gas pressure from the system or p i lo t containers is used as a means for releasing the remaining containers the supply and discharge rate shall be designed for releasing a l l of the remaining containers.

I-8.3.9 At1 devices for shutting down supplementary equipment shall be considered integral parts of the system and shall function with the system operation.

I-8.3.10 All manual operating devic:es shall be ident i f iedas to the hazard they protect.

I-8.4 Control Equipment.

I-8.4.1 Electric Control Equipment. The control equipment shall supervise the actuating devices and associated wiring and, as required, cause actuation. The control equipment shall be specif ical ly l isted or approved for the number and type of actuating devices ut i l ized and their compatability shall have been l isted or approved.

I-8.4.2 Pneumatic Control Equipment. Where pneumatic control equipment is used, the lines shall be protected against crimping and mechanical damage. Where instal lat ions could be exposed to conditions that could lead to loss of in tegr i ty of the pneumatic lines, special precautions shall be taken to ensure that no loss of in tegr i ty wi l l occur. The control equipment shall be specif ical ly l isted or approved for the number and type of actuating devices ut i l ized and their compatability shall have been l isted or approved.

I-8.5 Operating Alarms and Indicators.

I-8.5.1 Alarms or indicators or both are used to indicate the operation of the system, hazards to personnel, or fa i lure of any supervised device. The type (audible, visual, or olfactory), number, and location of the devices shall be such that their purpose is sat is factor i ly accomplished. The extent and type of alarms or indicator equipment or both shall be approved.

I-8.5.2 Audible and highly v is ib le alarms shall be provided to give positive warning of discharge. The operation of the warning devices shall be continued after Halon discharge, unti l positive action has been taken to acknowledge the alarm and proceed with appropriate action.

I-8.5.3" Abort switches are generally not recommended. However, where provided, they shall be located only within the protected area and shall be of a type that requires constant manual pressure to cause abort. The abort switch shall not l)e of a type that would allow the system to be le f t in an aborted mode without someone present. In al l cases 'the normal manual and emergency manual control shall override the abort function. Operation of the abort function shall result in both audible and dist inct visual indication of system impairment. The abort switch shall be clearly recognizable for the purpose intended.

I-8.5.4 Alarms indicating fa i lure of supervised devices or equipment shaI1 give prompt and positive indication of any fai lure and shall be dist inct ive from alarms indicating operation or hazardous conditions.

I-8.5.5 Warning and instruction signs at entrances to and inside protected areas shall be provided.

I-8.5.6 Time delays shall be used only where discharge delay is required for personnel evacuation or to prepare the hazard area for discharge. Time delays shall not be used as a means of confirming operation of a detection device before automatic actuation occurs.

I-8.6 Unwanted System Operation. Accidental discharge has been recognized as a signif icant factor in unwanted Halon 1301 emissions. Care shal l be taken to thoroughly evaluate and correct any factors that may result in unwanted discharges.

I-9 Halon 1301 Supply.

I -g. I Quantities.

I-9.1.I The amount of Halon 1301 in the system shall be at least suff icient for the largest single hazard protected or group of hazards which are to be protected simultaneously.

I-9.1.2 Where required, the reserve quantity shall be as many multiples of these minimum amounts as the authority having jur isdict ion considers necessary. The time needed to obtain Halon 1301 for replenishment to restore systems to operating conditions shall be considered a major factor in determining the reserve supply needed.

I-9.1.3 Where uninterrupted protection is required, both primary and reserve supply.shall be permanently connected t o t h e distr ibut ion piping and arranged for easy changeover.

I-9.2 Quality. The Halon 1301 shall comply with the requirements of Table I-9.2.

Table I-9.2 Requirements for Halon 1301 (Bromotrifluoromethane)

Property Requirement

Bromotrifluoromethane, mole percent, minimum 99.6 Other Halocarbom, mole percent, maximum 0.4 Acidity ppm (by weight), maximum 3.0 Water Content, percent by weight, maximum 0.001 Boiling Point °C at 760 mmHg -57.75 Boiling Range, °C, 5 to 85 percent distilled 0.3 High Boiling Impurities, grams/100 ml maximum 0.05 Suspended Matter or Sediment None visible

NOTE: For test procedures refer to MIL-M-12218C available from Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.

1-9.3 Storage Container Arrangement.

1-9.3.1 Storage containers and accessories shal l be so located an~ arranged that inspect ion, tes t ing , recharging, and other maintenance is f a c i l i t a t e d and

i n t e r r u p t i o n of protect ion is held to a minimum.

I-9.3.2 Storage containers shall be located as close as possible to the hazard or hazards they protect, but shall not be exposed to a f i re in a manner l i ke ly to impair system performance.

I-9.3.3 Storage containers shall not be located to be subject to severe weather conditions or mechanical, chemical, or other damage. When excessive climatic or mechanical exposures are expected, suitable guards or enclosures shall be provided.

I-9.3.4 Storage containers shall be securely mounted per the manufacturer's l isted or approved instal lat ion manual. This shall include mounting the container to the appropriate mounting surface.

I-9.4 ~ Storage Containers.

I-9.4.1 The Halon 1301 supply shall be stored in containers designed to hold Halon 1301 in liquefied form at ambient temperatures. Containers shall not be charged to a ~ i l l i ng density greater than 70 Ib per cu f t (11.21 kg/ma). They shall be superpressurized with dry nitrogen to 360 psig + 5% or 600 psig ± 5% total pressure at 70°F (25.84 bars ± 5% or 42.38 bars ± 5% total pressure at 21°C).

Exception: Listed pro-engineered systems may have different pressurization levels per Section I -2 .

i43

1-9.4.2 Each conta iner shal l have a permanent nameplate speci fy ing the agent, ta re , and gross weight in add i t ion to the superpressur izat ion l eve l . A label that w i l l require the proper return of the agent shal l be a f f i xed to al1 new and ex i s t i ng containers. F i l l ed containers must be returned fo r recyc l ing or r ecove ry of the agent when no longer needed.

1-9.4.3 The Ha]on 1301 containers used in these systems shal l be designed to meet the requirements of the U.S. Department o~ Transportat ion or the Canadian Transport Commission," i f used as shipping containers. I f not a shipping container , i t shal l be designed, fabr icated, inspected, c e r t i f i e d , and stamped in accordance wi th Section V I I I of the ASHE Unfired Pressure Vessel Code; independent inspect ion and c e r t i f i c a t i o n is recommended. The design pressure shal l be su i tab le for the maximum pressure developed at 130°F (55°C) or at the maximum cont ro l led temperature l l m i t (see 1-9.4.8) .

1-9.4.4 A r e l i a b l e means of i nd i ca t ion , other than weighing, shal l be provided to determine the pressure in r e f i l l a b l e containers. The means of ind ica t ion shal l account fo r va r i a t i on of container pressure with temperature.

1-9.4.5 Container Test.

1-9.4.5.1 D.O.T., C.T.C, or s im i la r design Halon 1301 cy l lnders shal l not be recharged wi thout a re tes t i f more than f i ve years have elapsed since the date of the las t tes t and inspect ion. The re tes t may consist of a complete v isual inspect ion as described in the Code of Federal Regulatlons, T i t l e 49, Section 173.34(e)(10).

1-9.4.5.2 Cyl inders cont inuously in serv ice wi thout discharging shal l he given a complete external v isual inspect ion every f i ve years, in accordance with Compressed Gas Associat ion pamphlet C-6, Section 3; except that the cy l lnders nee~ not be emptied or stamped whi le under pressure.-

1-9.4.5.3 Where external v isual inspect ion indicates that the container has been damaged, add i t iona l strength tests shal l be required. Caution: I f add i t iona l tests used include hydrosta t ic tes t ing , containers should be thoroughly dr ied before r e f i l l i n g .

1-9.4.5.4 Before recharging a container, a v isual inspect ion of i t s i n t e r i o r shal l be performed.

1-9.4.5.5 When manifolded, containers shal l be adequately mounted and su i tab ly supported in a rack which provides fo r convenient ind iv idua l serv ic ing or content weighings. Automatic means shal l be provided to prevent agent loss from the manifold i f the system is operated when any containers are removed fo r maintenance.

1-9.4.6 In a mu l t i p le cy l inder system, a11 cy l lnders supplying the same manifold ou t l e t fo r d i s t r i b u t i o n of agent shal l be interchangeable and of one select size and charge.

1-9.4.7 Storage temperatures shal l not exceed 130°F (55°C) nor be less than -20°F (-29°C) for t o ta l f lood ing systems unless the system is designed fo r proper operat ion with storage temperatures outside th is range. For local app l l ca t lon systems, container storage temperatures sha l l be w i th in a range from +32°F (O°C) to +130°F (55°C) unless special methods of compensating for changing f low rates are provided. External heat ing or cool ing may be used to keep the temperature w i th in desired ranges.

1Subpart C, Section 178.36 to and inc ludlng 178.68 of T i t l e 49, Transportat ion, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 170-190. Ava i lab le from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Pr in t ing Off ice, Washington, DC 20401. In Canada, the corresponding informat ion is set fo r th in the "Canadian Transport Commission's Regulations fo r Transportat ion of Dangerous Commodities by Ra i l , " ava i l ab le from the queen's Pr in te r , Ottawa, Ontar io. 1-10 D is t r i bu t i on .

1-10.1" Piping.

1-10.1.1" Piping shal l be of noncombustible mater ia l having physlcal and chemical charac ter is t i cs such that i t s i n t e g r i t y under stress can be predicted wi th r e l i a b i l i t y . Special cor ros ion- res is tan t mater|aim or coatings may be required in severely corrosive atmospheres.

(a) Ferrous p ip ing - - black or galvanized steel pipe shal l be e i t he r ASTH.A-53 seamless or e l e c t r i c resistance welded, grade A or B, or ASTH A-106, grade A, B, or C. ASTH A-120 and ordinary cast - l ron pipe shal l not be used. The thickness of the pipe wall shal l be calculated in accordance with ANSI B31.1, Power Piping Code. The in terna] pressure fo r th is ca lcu ]a t ion shal l be the maximum storage pressure at the maxlmu R storage temperature (a 70 lb per c u f t (112] kg/m °) densi ty shal l be assumed), but in no case shal l be less than the fo l low ing :

For 360 psig charging pressure, an in terna l pressure of 620 psi (130°F);

For 600 psig charging pressure, an in terna l pressure of 1,000 psi (130°F).

I f higher storage temperatures are approved for a given system, the in terna l pressure shal l be adjusted to the maximum in terna l pressure at maximum temperature. In performing th is ca lcu la t ion , a l l Jo in t factors and threading, grooving, or welding allowances shal l be taken in to account.

(b) The above itemized mater ia ls do not preclude the use of other mater ia ls that sa t i s f y the strength requirements of paragraph (a) .

I - I 0 . I . 2 Ordinary cas t - i ron pipe, steel pipe conforming to ASTH A-120, or nonmetal l ic pipe shal l not be used.

1-10.1.3 F lex ib le p ip ing, tubing, or hoses ( inc luding connections) where used shal l be of approved mater ia ls and pressure ra t ings.

1-10.2 Piping 3olnts .

1-10.2.1 The type of p ip ing Jo in t shal l be su i tab le for the design condi t ions and shal l be selected with considerat ion of Jo in t t ightness and mechanical strength. Examples of su i tab le j o i n t s and f i t t i n g s are screwed, f langed, welded r brazed, f l a red , and compression.

1-10-2.2" F i t t i ngs . Class 150 lb and cast - l ron f i t t i n g s shal l not be used.

(a) F i t t i ngs fo r 600 psig charging pressure systems shal l have a working pressure of 1,000 psi .

• (b) Systems u t i l l z l n g 360 pslg charging pressure shal l use f i t t i n g s having a minimum working pressure of 620 psi .

(c) Pressure-temperature rat ings have been establ lshed fo r cer ta in types of f i t t i n g s . A l i s t of ANSI standards covering the d i f f e r e n t types of f i t t i n g s is given in Table 126.1 of ANSI B31.1. Where f i t t i n g s not covered by one of these standards are used, the design recommendations of the manufacturer of the f i t t i n g s shal l not be exceeded.

1-10.2.3 Ordinary cas t - l ron f i t t i n g s shal l not be used.

1-10.2.4 A l l threads used in j o i n t s and f i t t i n g s shal l conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Jo in t compound, tape, or thread lubr ican t shal l be appl ied only to the male threads of the j o i n t .

1-10.2.5 Weldlng and brazing a l loys shal l have a mel t ing point above lO00°F (538°C).

1-10.Z.5.1 Welding shal l be performed in accordance with Section IX, " q u a l i f i c a t i o n Standard fo r Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators" of the ASNE Bo i l e r and Pressure Vessel Code.

144

1-10.2.6 Where copper, s ta in less s tee l , or other su i tab le tubing is jo ined wi th f la red or compression-type f i t t i n g s , the pressure-temperature rat ings of the manufacturer of the F i t t i n g shal l not be exceeded.

1-]0.3 Arrangement and I n s t a l l a t i o n of Piping and F i t t i ngs .

]-10.3.1 Piping shal l be i ns ta l l ed in accordance with good commercial pract ice. Care sha~l be taken to avoid posslble r es t r i c t i ons due to fore ign matter, f au l t y fabr i ca t ion , or improper i n s t a l l a t l o n .

1-10.3.2 The p ip ing system shal l be securely supported with due allowance fo r agent thrust forces; thermal expansion and cont ract ion, and shal l not be subjected to mechanical, chemical, v i b ra t i on or other damage. ANSI B31.1 shal l be consulted fo r guidance on th is matter. Where explosions are l i k e l y , the piping shal l be attached to supports that are leas t l i k e l y to be displaced.

1-10.3.3 Each pipe sect ion shal l be cleaned a f t e r preparat ion and before assembly by means of swabbing, u t i l i z i n g a nonflammable organic so lvent . The piping network shal l be free of pa r t i cu la te matter and o11 residue before i n s t a l l a t i o n of nozz'les or discharge devices.

1-10.3.4 In systems where valve arrangement introduces sections of closed p ip ing, such sections shal l be equipped with pressure r e l i e f devices or the valves shal l be designed to prevent entrapment of ] i qu id . Where pressure-operated container valves are used, a means shal l be provided to vent any container leakage from the manifold and prevent loss of the agent when the system operates.

1-10.3.5 Al l pressure r e l i e f devices shal l be of such design and so located that the discharge theref rom-wi l l not in ju re personnel or be otherwise ob ject ionable.

1-10.4 Valves.

1-10.4.1 A l l valves shal l be su i tab le for the intended use, p a r t i c u l a r l y in regard to f low capacity and operat ion. They shal l be used only under temperatures and other condi t ions fo r which they a re - l i s t ed .

1-10.4.2 Valves shal l be protected against mechanical, chemical, or other damage.

1-10.4.3 Valves shal l be rated fo r equlva lent length in terms of the pipe or tubing sizes wi th which they w i l l be used. The equivalent length of container valves shal l be l i s t ed and shal l include siphon tube, va lve, discharge head, and f l e x i b l e connector.

1-10.5 Discharge Nozzles.

1-10.5.1 Discharge nozzles shal l be l i s t ed for the use intended and fo r discharge charac te r i s t i cs . The discharge nozzle consists of the o r i f i c e and any associated horn, sh ie ld , or ba f f l e .

] -10.5.2 Disc6arge o r i f i c e s shal l be of cor ros lon- res is tan t metal.

1-10.5.3 Discharge nozzles used in local app] icat ion systems shal l be accurate ly located and directed in accordance with the system design requirements as covered in Section 3-3. Discharge nozzles used in local app l ica t ion systems shal l be so connected and supported that they may not read i l y be put out of al ignment.

] -10.5.4 Discharge nozzles.shal l be permanently marked to i den t i f y the manufacturer as well as the type and size of the nozzle. The type and size of the nozzle can be i den t i f i ed by part number, o r i f i c e code, o r i f i c e diameter, or other su i tab le markings. (See 1-7.2.4. ) The marking shal l be read i l y d iscern ib le a f t e r i n s t a l l a t i o n .

1-10.5.5 Discharge nozzles shal l be provided with f rang lb le discs or blow-out caps where clogging by fore ign mater ia ls is l i k e l y . These devices shal l provide an unobstructed openln~ upon system operat ion an d shal l be located so they w111 not i n ju re personnel.

1-10.6" System Flow Calculat lons.

1-10.6.1 As part of the design procedure, system flow ca lcu la t ions shal l be performed using a l i s t ed ca lcu la t ion method. The system design shal l be wi th in the manufacturer's l i s t ed l i m i t a t i o n s .

1-10.6.2 The system shal l be i ns ta l l ed and or iented per the manufacturer's l i s t ed l i m i t a t i o n s to ensure proper system performance.

1-10.6.3" The p ip ing lengths and sizes, as well as the type and size of t h e . f i t t i n g s , shal l be as entered in to the f low ca lcu la t ion program. I f the f i na l i n s t a l l a t i o n var ies from the prepared ca lcu la t ions, new ca lcu la t ions represent ing the "As-Bu i l t " i n s t a l l a t i o n shal l be prepared.

1-10.6.4" Nozzle o r i f i c e sizes shal l be selected to achieve the designed f low ra te . The discharge charac te r is t i cs of the nozzle shal l be provided in t h e manufacturer's l i s t ed design manual.

] -10.6 .5" Design f low rates shal l be high enough to ensure complete mixing of the l i qu i d and vapor phases in the pipe l ine•

1-11 Inspect ion, Haintenance, and Ins t ruc t ions.

1-11.1" Inspect ion and Tests.

1-11.1.1 At least annual ly , a l l systems shal l be thoroughly inspected and tested fo r proper operat ion by competent personnel.

1-11.1.2 The goal of th is inspect ion and tes t ing shall be to ensure that the system is in f u l l operat ing condi t ion.

1-11.1.3 Sui table tests shal l be made when inspection indicates t h e i r a d v i s a b i l i t y .

1-11.1.4 The inspect ion report wi th recommendations shal l be f i l e d with the owner.

1-11.1.5 Between the annual inspect ions and tests , the system shal l be inspected v i s u a l l y or otherwise by

competent personnel, fo l low ing an approved schedule and procedure.

1- ]1 .1 .6 At least semiannually, the agent quant i ty and pressure of r e f i l l a b l e containers shal l be checked. I f a container shows a loss in net weight of more than 5 percent or a loss in pressure (adjusted for temperature) of more than 10 percent, i t shal l be r e f i l l e d or replaced. When the amount of agent in the container is determined by special measuring devices in l i eu of weighing, these devices shal l be l i s t ed . Al l halon removed from r e f i l l a b l e containers during service or maintenance procedures shal l be col lected and recycled.

1-11. ] .7 Factory-charged n o n r e f i l l a b l e containers that do not have a means of pressure ind ica t ion shal l be weighed at least semiannually. I f a container shows a loss in net weight of more than 5 percent, i t shal l be replaced. A l l factory-charged n o n r e f i l l a b l e containers removed from useful service shal l be returned for recycl ing of the agent.

1-11.1.8 The weight and pressure of the container shal l be recorded on a tag attached to the container.

1-11.1.9 A l l system hoses shal l be examined annual ly fo r damage. I f v isual examination shows any def ic iency, the hose shal l be immediately replaced or tested as fo l lows:

1-11.1.9.1 A l l hoses shal l be tested at 1500 psi for 600 psi charging pressure systems, and at 900 psl for 360 psi charging pressure systems.

145

(a) Remove the hose from any attachment.

(b) The hose assembly is then to be placed in a protective enclosure designed to permit visual observation of the test.

(c) The hose must be completely f i l l ed with water before testing.

(d) Pressure then is applied at a rate-of-pressure rise to reach the test pressure within a minimum of one minute. The test pressure is to be maintained for one ful l minute. Observations are then made to note any distortion or leakage.

(e) I f the test pressure has not dropped or i f the couplings have not moved, the pressure is released. The hose assembly is then considered to have passed the hydrostatic test i f no permanent distortion has taken place.

(f) Hose assembly passing the test must be completely dried internally. I f heat is used for drying, the temperature must not exceed 150°F (66°C).

(g) Hose assemblies fa i l ing a hydrostatic test must be marked and destroyed. They shall be replaced with new assembl i es.

(h) Each hose assembly passing the hydrostatic t es t shall be marked to show the date of test.

1-11.1.9.2 Testing. All hoses shall be tested every five years in accordance with 1-11.1.9.1.

1-11.2 Maintenance.

I-11.2.1 These systems shall be maintained in ful l operating condition at al l times. Use, impairment, and restoration of this protection shall be reported promptly to the authority having Jurisdiction.

1-11.2.2 Any troubles or impairments shall be corrected at once by competent personnel.

1-11.3 Instruction. All persons who may be expected to inspect, test, maintain, or operate f i re extinguishing systems shall be thoroughly trained and kept thoroughly trained in the functions they are expected to perform.

Chapter 2 Total Flooding Systems

2-I* General Information.

2-1.1 Uses.

2-1.1.1 This type o f system may be used where there is a fixed enclosure about the hazard that is adequate to enable the required concentration to be bui l t up and maintained for the required period of time to ensure the effective extinguishment of the f i re in the specific combustible materials involved where the ambient temperature is above -700F (-570C).

2-1.1.2" Total flooding systems may provide f i re protection within rooms, vaults, enclosed machines, ovens, containers, storage tanks, and bins. Where ambient temperatures exceed 900°F (482°C), see A-I-6. I.

2-1.1.3" Halon 1301 total flooding systems shall not be used in concentrations greater than 10 percent in normally occupied areas. For the purposes of this standard, a "normally occupied" area is defined as an area intended for occupancy. Areas that may contain 10 percent Halon 1301 shall be evacuated immediately upon discharge of the agent. Where egress cannot be accomplished within I minute, Halon 1301 total flooding systems shall not be used in normally occupied areas in concentrations greater than 7 percent. (See A-I-6.1.)

2-I.1.4 Halon 1301 total flooding systems ut i l i z ing concentrations greater than 10 percent but not exceeding 15 percent may be used in areas not normally occupied, provided egress can be accomplished within 30

seconds. Where egress cannot be accomplished wi th in 30 seconds or concentrat ions greater than 15 percent must be used, provis ions shal l be made to prevent inha la t ion by personnel. (See A-1-6.1.)

2-1.2 General Requirements. Total f looding systems shal l be designed, i ns ta l l ed , tested, and maintained in accordance with the appl icable requirements in Chapter 1 and with the addi t lona l requirements set fo r th in th is chapter.

2-2 Hazard Spec i f ica t ions.

2-2.1 Types of Fires.

2-2.1.1 Fires that can be ext inguished by to ta l f looding methods may be div ided in to three categories:

(a) Fires invo lv ing flammable l i qu ids or gases.

(b) Surface f i r es invo lv ing flammable so l ids .

(c) Deep-seated f i r es , such as can occur with cer ta in Class A mater ia ls subject to spontaneous heat ing, smoldering, and high heat re ten t ion .

2-2.1.2 Flammable l i qu id and gas f i r es are subject to prompt extinguishment when Halon 1301 is quick ly introduced in to the enclosure in s u f f i c i e n t quant i ty to provide an ext inguish ing concentrat ion for the pa r t i cu l a r mater ia ls involved. NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems, shal l be r e f e r r e d t o when possible flammable concentrat ions of gases make explosion protect ion techniques necessary.

2-2.1.3 Surface f i r es associated with the burning of so l id mater ia ls are also quick ly extinguished by Halon 1301. In many so l ld mater ia ls , smoldering combustion may continue at the surface of the fuel a f t e r extinguishment of the flames. These surface embers w i l l normally be ext inguished by low concentrations of Halon 1301 maintained fop short periods of time.

2-2.1.4 Deep-seated f i r es may become establ ished beneath the surface of a f ibrous or pa r t i cu la te mater ia l . This may resu l t from flamlng combustion at the surface or from ignition within the mass of fuel. Smoldering combustion then progresses slowly through the mass. A f i re of this kind is referred to in this standard as a "deep-seated" f i re. The burning rate of these fires can be reduced by the presence of Halon 1301, and they may be extinguished i f a high concentration can be maintained for an adequate soaking time. However, i t is not normally practical to maintain a sufficient concentration of Halon 1301 for a sufficient time to extinguish a deep-seated f i re.

2-2.2 Enclosure.

2-2.2.1 In the design of total flooding systems, the characteristics of the enclosure shall be considered as follows:

2-2.2.2 For al l types of f ires, the area of unclosable openings shall be kept to a minimum. The authority having jurisdiction may require tests to assure proper performance as defined by this standard.

2-2.2.3* To prevent loss of agent through openings to adjacent hazards or work areas, openings shall be permanently sealed or equipped with automatic closures. Where reasonable confinement of agent is not practicable, protection shall be extended to include the adjacent connected hazards or work areas.

2-2.2.4 Forced-air ventilating systems shall be shut down or closed automatically where their continued operation would adversely affect the performance of the Halon 1301 system or result in propagation of the f i re.

2-3* Halon 1301 Requirements for Liquid and Gas Fires.

2-3.1 General. The quantity of Halon 1301 for fires involving flammable liquids and gases is based on normal conditions with the extinguishing system meeting the requirements specified herein.

146

CAUTION: Under certain conditions, i t may be dangerous to extinguish a burning gas je t . As a f i r s t measure, the gas supply should be shut off .

2-3.2 Design Concentrations. In the determination of the design concentration of Halon 1301, proper consideration shall be given to the type and quantity of flammable material involved, the conditions under which i t normally exists in the hazard, and any special conditions of the hazard i t s e l f . For a part icdlar fuel, either, of two minimum levels of Halon 1301 concentration may apply, i . e . , flame extinguishment or inerting. However, the greater inerting concentrations shall be used where conditions for subsequent reflash or explosion could exist. Specif ically, these conditions are when both:

1. The quantity of fuel permitted in the enclosure is sufficient to develop a concentration equal to or greater than one-half of the lower flammable l im i t throughout the enclosure, and;

2. The v o l a t i l i t y of the fuel before the f i re is sufficient to reach the lower flammable l im i t in a i r (maximum ambient temperature or fuel temperature exceeds the close cup flash point temperature) or the system response is not rapid enough to detect and extinguish the f i re before the v o l a t i l i t y of the fuel is increased to a dangerous level as a result of the f i re .

2-3.2.1 Inerting. Table 2-3.2.1 gives minimum design concentrations required to inert atmospheres involving several flammable l iquids and gases. Design inerting concentrations not given in Table 2-3.2.1 shall be determined by test plus a ]0 percent safety factor. The minimum design concentration shall be 5 percent.

Table 2-3.2.] Halon 1301 Design Concentrations for Inerting

Fuel Minimum Conc. % by Volume*

Acetone 7.6 Benzene 5.0 Ethanol 11.1 Ethylene 13.2 Hydrogen 31.4 Methane 7.7 n-Heptane 6.9 Propane 6.7

*For references, see Reference (4) Appendix B-I-2.4.

NOTE: Includes a safety factor of 10 percent added to experimental values.

2-3.2.2 Flame Extinguishment.

(a) Appl icabi l i ty of Flame Extinguishment Concentrations. The minimum design concentration required to extinguish normal f ires involving certain flammable gases and liquids at atmospheric pressure are applicable i f the conditions in 2-3.2 for reflash or explosion do not exist.

(b) Temperature Sensit iv i ty. The flame extinguishing concentration required for some fuels depends on the fuel temperature. All fuels shall be tested at at least two temperatures to determine temperature sensl t iv i ty .

(c) Special Fire Consideration. Where high temperatures or pressures exist or may result from delayed system activation and for configurations other than simple pool or gas je t f i res, added tests specific to the intended application shall be made.

(d) Typical Design Concentrations. Table 2-3.2.2 gives minimum design concentrations required to extinguish normal f i res involving several flammable liquids and gases. Design flame extinguishment

concentrations not given in 2-3.4 shall be obtained by test plus a 20 percent safety factor. Minimum design concentrations shall be 5 percent.

Table 2-3.2.2 Halon 1301 Design Concentrations for

Flame Extinguishment (In 25°C at I atm)

Minimum Design Concentration,

Fuel % by Volume

Acetone 5.0 Benzene 5.0 Ethanol 5.0 Ethylene 8. £ Methane 5.0 n.Heptane 5.0 Propane 5.2

NOTE: See A-2-3 for basis of this table.

2-3.2.3 For combinations of fuels, the flame extinguishment or inertlng value for the fuel requlring the greatest concentration shall be used unless tests are made on the actual mixture.

2-3.2.4 Where an explosion potential exists due to the presence of gaseous, vo la t i le , or atomized fuels e i t h e r before or following a f i re , NFPA 68, Guide for Explosion Venting, and NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems, covering vapor detection and explosion venting and suppression shall be consulted. In particular~ extreme caution shall be taken following inerting of a rich fue l -a i r mixture since compartment leakage or vent i lat ion wi l l cause the mixture to pass through the explosive range of concentrations when fresh a i r is admitted.

2-4* Halon 1301 Requirements fo r Fires in Sol id Materials.

2-4.1 General. Flammable so l ids may be classed as those that do not develop deep-seated f i r es and those that do. Mater ia ls that do not develop deep-seated f i r es undergo surface combustion only and the resu l t ing f i r es may be t reated much l i k e flammable l i qu id f i r es . Mos~ mater ia ls that develop deep-seated f i res do so a f t e r exposure to f laming combustion fo r a cer ta in length of time which var ies with the mater ia l . In others, the f i r e may begin as deep-seated through in terna l i g n i t i o n , such as spontaneous heat ing.

2-4.2 Sol id Surface Fires. Almost a l l flammable sol ids begin burning on the surface. In many mater ia ls , such as p las t lcs wi thout f i l l e r mater ia ls , surface combustion is the only type that occurs. These f i r es are read i l y ext inguished with a 5 percent concentrat ion of Halon 1301. Although glowlng embers - may remain at the surface of the fuel fo l low ing extinguishment of flames, these embers w i l l usual ly be completely ex t lngu lshed.wl th ln 10 minutes, provided the Halon 1301 concentrat ion is maintained around the fuel fo r th is period of t ime: I t would be appropr iate to consider maintain ing the agent concentrat ion around the fuel un t i l response by emergency personnel can be achieved.

2-4.3 Deep-Seated Fires.

2-4.3.1 Halon 1301, l l k e other halogenated hydrocarbons, chemlcal ly i n h i b i t s the propagation of flame. However, although the presence of Halon 1301 in the v i c i n i t y of a deep-seated f i r e w i l l ext inguish the flame, thereby g rea t l y reducing the rate of burning, the quant i ty of agent required fo r complete ex t inc t ion of a11 embers is d l f f l c u l t to assess. I t depends on the nature of the fue l , i t s s tate of comminution, i t s d i s t r i b u t i o n w i th in the enclosure, the length of time i t has been burning, the ra t i o of the area of the burning surface to the volume of the enclosure, and the degree of v e n t i l a t i o n in the enclosure. I t is usual ly d i f f i c u l t or impract ical to maintain an adequate

147

concentration for a suff icient time to ensure the complete extinction of a deep-seated f i re . However, the concentration shall be maintained for the time period required to obtain response by emergency personnel (see A-2-4).

2-4.3.2 Where the solid material is in such a form that a deep-seated f i re can be established before a flame extinguishing concentration has been achieved, provision shall be made to the satisfaction of the authority having jur isdict ion for means to effect complete extinguishment of the f i re (see A-2-4).

2-5 Determination of Halon 1301 Quantity for Total F lood i . g Systems.

2-5.1 General . The Halon 1301 concen t ra t ion requirements es tab l l shed in Sect ions 2-3 and 2-4 are converted i n t o agent weight requirements through mathematical computations considering the volume of the hazard and the specific volume of the superheated Halon 1301 vapor. In addition to the concentration requirements, additional quantities of agent may be required to compensate for any special conditions that would affect the extinguishing efficiency.

2-5.2 w Total Flooding Quantity. Figure 2-5.2 depicts the specific volume of superheated Halon 1301 vapor at various temperatures. The amount of Halon 1301 required to achieve the design concentration is calculated from the following formula:

w =.--s ioo c

W = Weight of Halon 1301 required, Ib (kg).

= Specific volume superheated Halon 1301, cu f t / I b (ma/ kg).

C = Halon 1301 concentration, percent by volume.

V = Volume of hazard, cu f t (m3).

This calculation includes an allowance for normal leakage from a " t ight" enclosure due to agent expansion. Since the amount of gas and, therefore, the concentration produced by a given weight of Halon 1301 is greatly affected by the temperature i t encounters, the specific volume of superheated Halon 1301 vapor for the lower operating minimum anticipated ambient temperature l im i t shall be used in the design of a Halon 1301 total flooding system. Table 2-5.2 is a tabulation of the Halon 1301 weight per cu f t of hazard volume required to produce the specified concentration of various hazard temperature conditions.

All Halon 1301 total flooding systems shall be capable of producing the required concentration of agent under the conditions of maximum net volume (gross volume of the hazard minus the volume occupied by solid objects), maximum vent i lat ion, and minimum anticipated ambient temperature. In areas where wide variations in net volume are encountered under normal operations such as storage rooms, warehouses, etc., or where wide variations in ambient temperatures are experienced as in unheated rooms, the agent concentration generated under these extremes shall be calculated t o determine compliance with 2-1.1.3 and 2-1.1.4.

-I

b.

U

=E

_1 0 >

0

W O.

m

- 7 0 - 4 0

3

&m.

(n

0 4 0 8 0 " 1 2 0 1 6 0

T E M P E R A T U R E - e F ( t )

F igure 2-5 .2 Spec i f i c volume o f superheated Halon 1301 vapor (a t 1 atmosphere).

.220

.214

208

.202

.196

.J90

.184

.178

.172

.166

• ~6C

.E54

• 148

.142

.136

.130

,124

.1t8

.112

.106

/

/

/

,y /

/

/ /

/ /

2 0 0

I

/ /

/

-30 - I0 0 20 40 60 60 I00

TEMPERATURE- "C (t)

Figure 2-5.2 (Metric) Specific volume of superheated Halon 1301 vapor (at I atmosphere).

148

Table 2-5.2 Halon 1301 Total Floodlng Quantity

Halon 1301 Halon 1301 Weight Requirements Tempera ture Specific Vapor of Hazard Volume ~ l ib . / f t , j] (1)

-t- Volume-s- V [°F] [it.J/lb.] Halon 1301 Concentrat ion -C- [% By Volume] (4) (2) ($) $ 4 5 6 . 7 8 9 l 0

m 70 1.8468 .0167 .0225 .0285 .0345 .0407 .0471 .0536 .0602 - - 60 1.8986 .0163 .0219 .0277 .0336 .0396 .0458 .0521 .0585 - - 50 1.9502 .0158" .0213 .0270 .0327 .0386 .0446 .0507 .0570

- - 40 2.0016 .0154 .0208 .0263 .0319 .0376 .0434 .0494 .0555 - - 30 2.0530 .0151 .0203 .0256 .0311 .0366 .0423 .0482 .0541 - - 20 2.1042 .0!47 .0198 .0250 .0303 .0357 .0413 .0470 .0528

10 2.1552 .0143 .0193 .0244 .0296 .0349 .0403 .0459 .0515 0 2.2062 .0140 .0189 .0239 .0289 .0341 .0394 .0448 .0504

10 2.2571 .0137 .0185 .0233 .0283 .0334 .0385 .0438 .0492 20 2.3078 .0134 .0181 .0228 .0277 .0326 .0377 .0429 .0481 30 2.3585 .0131 .0177 .0223 .0271 .0319 .0369 .0419 .0471 40 2.4091 .0128 " .0173 .0218 .0265 .0312 .0361 .0411 .0461 50 2.4597 .0126 .0169 .0214 .0260 .0306 .0354 .0402 .0452

60 2.5101 .0123 .0166 .0210 .0254 .0300 .0346 .0394 .0443 70 2.5605 .0121 .0163 .0206 .0249 .0294 .0340 .0386 .0434 80 2.6109 .0118 .0160 .0202 .0244 .0288 .0333 .0379 .0426 90 2.6612 .0116 .0156 .0198 .0240 .0283 .0327 .0371 .0417

100 2.7114 .0114 .0154 0194 .0235 .0277 •0320 .0365 .0410 I I0 2.7616 .0112 .0151 .0190 .0231 .0272 .0315 .0358 .0402 120 2.8118 .0110 .0148 .0187 .0227 .0267 .0309 .0351 .0395 130 2.8619 .0108 .0145 .0184 .0223 .0263 .0303 .0345 .0388 140 2.9119 .0106 .0143 .0181 .0219 .0258 .0298 .0340 .0382 150 2.9620 .0104 .0140 .0178 .0215 .0254 .0293 .0334 .0375

160 3.0120 .0103 .0138 .0175 .0212 '- .0250 .0289 .0328 .0369 170 3.0169 .0101 .0136 .0172 .0208 .0246 .028"4 .0323 .0363 180 3.1119 .0099 .0134 .0169 .0205 .0242 .0280 .0318 .0357 190 3.1618 .0098 .0132 .0166 .0202 .0238 .0275 .0313 .0351 200 3.2116 .0096 .0130 .0164 .0199 .0234 .0271 .0308 .0346

W "(1) -~ - [Agent W e i g h t R e q u i r e m e n t s ( Ib/fC)] - P o u n d s of agent requ i ted per cubic foot of p ro tec ted vo lume to pro-

duce ind ica ted concen t r a t ion at t e m p e r a t u r e specif ied.

v

" (2) t [ T e m p e r a t u r e (°F)] - T h e des ign t e m p e r a t u r e in the hazard area. (3) s [Specific Vo lume (ft3/lb)] - Specific v o l u m e o f s u p e r h e a t e d Ha lon 1301 vapor m a y be a p p r o x i m a t e d by the fo rmula :

s = 2 .2062 + .005046 t where t = t empe ra tu r e , °F

(4) C [Concen t r a t i on (%)] - Volumet r ic concen t ra t io f i of Ha lon 1301 in air at the t e m p e r a t u r e ind ica ted .

149

Table 2-5 .2 - - H e t r l c Halon 1301 Tota l F10odlng Quantity

Haion 1301 Halon 1301 Weight Requirements Temperature Specific Vapor of Hazard Volume W [kg/m ~] (1)

-t- Volume-s- V [°C] [mJ/kg.] Halon 1301 Concentration -C- [% By Volume] (4) (2) (3) " $ 4 $ 6 '/ 8 9 10

- 5 0 0.11946 0.2589 0.3488 0.4406 0.5343 0.6301 0.7279 0.8279 0.9301 -45 0.12230 " 0.2529 0.3407 0.4304 0.5219 "0.6155 0.7110 0.8087 0.9085 - 4 0 0.12513 0.2472 0.3330 0.4206 0.5101 0.6015 0.6949 0.7904 0.8879 - 35 0.12797 0.2417 0.3256 0.4113 0.4988 0.5882 0.6795 0.7729 0.8683 - 3 0 0.13080 0.2364 0.3185 0.4024 0.4880 0.5754 0.6648 0.7561 0.8495

- 2 5 0.13364 0.2314 0.3118 0.3938 0.4776 0.5632 0.6507 0.7401 0.8314 - 2 0 0.13647 0.2266 0.3053 0.3857 0.4677 0.5515 0.6372 0.7247 0.8142 -15 0.13931 0.2220 0.2991 0.3778 0.4582 0.5403 0.6242 0.7099 0.7976 - 10 0.14214 0.2176 0.2931 0.3703 0.4491 0.5295 0.6118 0.6958 0.7817 - 5 0.14498 0.2133 0.2874 0.3630 0.4403 0.5192 0.5998 0.6822 0.7664

0 0.14781 0.2092 0.2819 0.3561 0.4318 0.5092 0.5883 0.6691 0.7517 5 0.15065 0.2053 0.2766 0.3494 0.4237 0.4996 0.5772 0.6565 0.7376

10 0.15348 0.2015 0.2715 0.3429 0.4159 0.4904 0.5666 0.6444 0.7239 15 0.15632 0.1979 0.2666 0.3367 0.4083 0.4815 0.5563 0.6327 0.7108 20 0.15915 0.1943 0.2618 0.3307 0.4011 0.4729 0.5464 0.6214 0.6981

25 0.16199 0.1909 0.2572 0.3249 0.3940 0.4647 0.5368 0.6105 0.6859 30 0.16482 0.1876 0.2528 0.3193 0.3873 0.4567 0.5276 0.6000 0.6741 35 0.16766 0.1845 0.2485 0.3139 0.3807 0.4489 0.5187 0.5899 0.6627 40 0.17049 0.1814 0.2444 0.3087 0.3744 0.4415 0.5100 0.5801 0.6517 45 0.17333 0.1784 0.2404 0.3037 0.3683 0.4343 0.5017 0.5706 0.6410

50 0.17616 0.1756 0.2365 0 .2"988 0.3623 0.4273 0.4936 0.5614 0.6307 55 0.17900 0.1728 0.2328 0.2940 0.3566 0.4205 0.4858 0.5525 0.6207 60 0.18183 0.1701 0.2291 0.2895 0.3510 0.4139 0.4782 0.5439 0.6111 65 0.18467 0.1675 0.2256 0.2850 0.3456 0.4076 0.4709 0.5356 0.6017 70 0.18750 0.1649 0.2222 0.2807 0.3404 0.4014 0.4638 0.5275 0.5926

75 0.19034 0.1625 0.2189 0.2765 0.3353 0.3954 0.4569 0.5196 0.5838 80 0.19317 0.1601 0.2157 0.2725 0.3304 0.3896 0.4501 0.5120 0.5752 85 0.19601 0.1578 0.2126 0.2685 0.3256 0.3840 0.4436 0.5046 0.5669 90 0.19884 0.1555 0.2095 0.2647 0.3210 0.3785 0.4373 0.4974 0.5588 95 0.20168 0.1534 0.2066 0.2610 0.3165 0.3732 0.4312 0.4904 0.5509

W (1) -V- [Agent Weight Requirements (kg/m3)] - Kilograms of agent required per cubic meter o f protected volume to

produce indicated concentration at temperature specified.

) W = 100 - C

(2) t [Temperature (°C)] - The design temperature in the hazard area. (3) s [Specific Volume (m~/kg)] - Specific volume of superheated Halon 1301 vapor may be approximated by the formula:

s = 0.147 81 + .000 567 t where t = temperature, °C

(4) C [Concentration (%)] - Volumetric concentration of Halon 1301 in air at the temperature indicated.

150

2-5.3* Special Condit ions. The design quant i ty of Halon 1301 shal l be adjusted to compensate fo r any speclal condi t ions, such as openlngs, forced v e n t i l a t i o n , a l t i t udes of more than 3000 f t (1000 m) above or below sea ]eve ] , and pressures other than atmospheric. I t shal l be the respons ib i l i t y of the system designer to show that such condit ions have been taken in to account in the design of a system.

2-6 D is t r i bu t i on System.

2-6.1 General. The d i s t r i b u t i o n system fo r applying Halon 1301 to enclosed hazards shal l be designed with due considerat ion fo r the mater ia ls involved, the type of burning expected, and the natur~ of the enclosure. These factors a l l may a f fec t the discharge times and rates of app l i ca t ion .

2-6.2* Rate of App l lca t lon .

2-6.2.1 The minimum design rate of app l ica t lon shal l be based on the quant i ty of agent required for the desired concentrat ion and the time a l l o t t e d to achieve the desired concentrat ion.

2-6.2.2 Discharge Time. The agent discharge shal l be subs tan t i a l l y completed in a nominal 10 seconds or as otherwise required by the au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n .

This period shal l be measured as the in te rva l between the f i r s t appearance of l i qu i d a t the nozzle and the time when the discharge becomes predominantly gaseous. This point is d is t inguished by a marked change in both the sound and the appearance of the discharge.

2-6.3 Extended Appl icat ion Rate.

2-6.3.1 Where leakage is appreciable and the design concentrat ion must be obtained qulck ly and maintained fo r an extended period of t ime, agent quant i t ies provided fo r leakage compensation may be appl ied at a reduced rate.

2 - 6 . 3 . 2 This type of app l i ca t ion is p a r t i c u l a r l y • su i tab le fo r enclosed ro ta t i ng e lec t r i c apparatus, such as generators, motors, and convertors, and also may be needed fo r t o ta l f lood ing pro tec t ion of deep-seated f ires.

2-6.3.3 The in i t i a l discharge shall be completed within the l imits specified in 2-6.2.

2-6~3.4 The rate of extended discharge shall be sufficient to maintain the desired concentration for the duration of application.

2-6.4 Piping and Supply. Piping shall be designed in accordance with the requirements outlined in Chapter I to deliver the required rate of application at each nozzle.

2-6.5 Nozzle Choice and Location.

2-6.5.1 Nozzles used with total flooding systems shall be of the type l isted for the intended purpose, and shall be located with the geometry of the hazard and enclosure taken into consideration.

2-6.5.2* The type of nozzles selected, their number, and their placement shall be such that the design concentration wi l l be established in al l parts of the hazard enclosure and such that the discharge wi l l not unduly splash flammable liquids or create dust clouds that might extend the f i re, create an explosion, or otherwise adversely affect the contents or integrity of the enclosure. Nozzles vary in design and discharge characteristics and shall be selected on the basis of their adequacy for the use intended. Nozzles shall be placed within the hazard area in compliance with l isted limitations with regard to spacing, floor coverage, and alignment.

Chapter 3 Local Appl lcat ion Systems

3-1" General Informat ion.

3-1.1 Uses.

3-1.1.1 Local app l i ca t ion systems are used where there is no f ixed enclosure about the hazard or hazards or where there is a f ixed enclosure about the hazard that is not adequate to enable an ext inguish ing concentrat ion to be b u i l t up and maintained in the space. Ind iv idua l hazards w i th in confined spaces may be.protected, subject to the ] im i t a t i ons of 3-1.1.3. Where deep-seated f i r es are expected, the to ta l f loodlng requirements of Chapter 2 shal l apply.

3-1.1.2 Examples of hazards that may be successful ly protected by local app l ica t ion systems include dip tanks, quench tanks, spray booths, o i l - f i l l e d e l ec t r i c transformers, vapor vents, and s im i la r types of hazards.

3-1.1.3 For a l l Halon 1301 local app l i ca t ion systems ]ocated in normally occupied confined spaces, the ca lcu la t lons described in 2-5.2 shal l be performed to determine the volumetr ic concentrat ion of the agent developed in that volume. The l i m i t a t i o n s of use shal l be governed by the requirements of 2-1.1.3 and 2-1.1.4. Since i t is not the object of a local app l lca t ion system to d i s t r i bu te the agent evenly throughout the en t i re volume, l o c a l l y high concentrat ions may be experienced. (See A-1-6.1.)

3-1.2 General Requirements. Local app l i ca t lon systems shal l be designed, i ns ta l l ed , tested and maintained in accordance with the appl icable requirements of Chapter 1 and with the add i t iona l requirements set fo r th in th is chapter.

3-2 Hazard Spec i f ica t ions.

3-2.1 Extent of Hazard.

3-2.1.1 The hazard shal l be so iso la ted from other hazards or combustlbles that f i r e w i l l not spread outside the protected area. The en t i re hazardsha] l be protected. The hazard shal l include a l l areas that are or may become coated by combustible l i qu ids or th in so l ld coatings such as areas subject to sp i l lage , leakage, dr ipping, splashing, or condensation, and a l l associated mater la ls or equipment such as f resh ly coated stock, drain boards, hoods, ducts, e tc . , that might extend f i r e outside or lead f i r e in to the protected area.

3-2.1.2 When a series of interexposed hazards is subdivided in to smal ler groups or sections, the systems fo r such hazards shal l be designed to provide immediate independent pro tec t ion to the adjacent groups or sections.

3-2.2 Location of Hazard. The hazard may be indoors or pa r t l y shel tered. If the hazard is completely out-of -doors, i t is essent ial that the agent discharge be such that winds or strong a i r currents do not impair the pro tec t ion . I t shal l be the respons ib i l i t y of the system designer to show that such condi t ions have been taken in to account in the design of a system.

3-3* Halon 1301 Requirements.

3-3.1 General.

3-3.1.1 The quant i ty of agent required fo r local app l i ca t ion systems shal l be based on l i qu i d discharge only and on the to ta l rate of discharge needed to protect the hazard and the time that the discharge shal l be maintained to assure complete extinguishment.

3-3.1.2 Since only the l i qu i d por t ion of the discharge is e f f ec t i ve in th is app l i ca t ion , the computed quant i ty of agent shal l be increased to compensate for the residual agent in the storage container at the end of l i qu i d f low. This add i t iona l agent is not required for the to ta l f looding por t ion of a combined to ta l f loodlng and local app l l ca t lon system.

3-3.1.3" The system shal l be designed to compensate fo r any agent vaporized in the p ipe l lnes due to heat absorption from the p ip ing.

151

3-3.2 Rate of Discharge.

3-3.2.1 Nozzle discharge rates shal l be determined as out l lned below:

3-3.2.2 I f part of the hazard is to be protected by to ta l f looding, the discharge rate for the local app l ica t ion por t ion of the system shal l be maintained for a period not less than the discharge time for the to ta l f looding por t ion .

3-3.2.3 The minimum design rate (R d) shal l not be less .than the optimum rate (R e ) required fo r extinguishment (see Figure 3-3 .2 .3) . The minimum design quant i ty (Od) shal l be no less than ].S times the minimum quant i ty (Qm) required fo r extinguishment at any selected design rate (Rd). The minimum design discharge time (Td) shal l be determined by d i v id ing the design quant i ty (qd) by the design rate (Rd).

!

E

!o~ - 1 .so.

n o e R ~ l . o . l l

R d 1

Ri te o f Al~plir.~tion - Lbs/se¢ (kg/se¢)

VX I I

- °

l

I I

I I I ! I i

R~

#

I

o . 2 ~_

LU E

Qm ! "E :E

Figure 3-3.2.3 Typlcal data presentat ion fo r local app l i ca t ion nozzles.

3-3.2.4 The basis fo r nozzle se lect ion for local app l ica t ion systems shal l be a curve s im i la r to Figure 3-3.2.3 together wi th other performance data that c l ea r l y depict the i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p between agent quant i ty , discharge time, area coverage, and the distance of the nozzle from the 'protected surface.

3-3.2.5 The informat ion in 3-3.2.4 shal l be contained in the l i s t i n g s of a tes t ing labora tory .

3-3.2.6 Where there is the l l ke l l hood that metal, fue l , or other mater ia l may become heated over the i gn i t i on temperature of the fue l , add i t iona l means shal l be provided to prevent r e tgn i t i on .

3-3.2.7 The t o ta l rate of discharge fo r the system shal l be the sum of the ind iv idua l rates of al1 the nozzles or discharge devices used on the system.

3-3.3 Area per Nozzle.

3-3.3.1 The maximum area protected by each nozzle shal l be determined on the basis of nozzle d~scharge pat tern, distance from the protected surface, and the design discharge rate in accordance with l i s t l n g s of a tes t ing labora to ry .

3-3.3.2 I r regular-shaped or three-dlmenslonal hazards shal l be protected by a nozzle or combination of nozzles to ensure complete agent coverage of a11 exposed surfaces. The protected surface area shal l be used to determine the nozzle coverage, but a l l surfaces protected by a nozzle shal l l i e w i th in the nozzle 's l i s t ed range l i m i t a t i o n s .

3-3.3.3 When deep layer flammable l i qu ids are to be protected, a minimum freeboard shal l be provided in accordance with the l i s t i n g s of a tes t ing labora tory .

3-3.4 Location and Number of Nozzles.

3-3.4.1 A s u f f i c i e n t number of nozzles shal l be used to cover the en t i re hazard area on the basis of the un i t areas protected by each nozzle.

3-3.4.2 Tankside or l i nea r - t ype nozzles shal l be located in accordance with spacing and discharge rate l lm l t a t l ons stated in nozzle l i s t i n g s .

3-3.4.3 Overhead nozzles shal l be i ns ta l l ed perpendicular to the hazard and centered over the area protected by the nozzle unless l i s t ed fo r i n s t a l l a t l o n at other angles to the surface.

3-3.4.4 Nozzles shal l be located to be free of possible obstruct ions that could i n t e r f e re with the proper p ro jec t ion of the discharged agent.

3-3.4.5 Nozzles shal l be located to protect coated stock or other hazard extending above a protected surface.

3-3.4.6 The posslble e f fec ts of a i r current , winds, and forced dra f ts shal l be compensated fo r by locat ing nozzles or by prov id ing add i t iona l nozzles to protect the outside areas of the hazard.

Chapter 4 Referenced Publ icat ions

4-1 The fo l lowing documents or port ions thereof are referenced w i th in th is standard and shal l be considered part of the requirements of th is document. The ed i t i on indicated fo r each reference is the current ed i t i on as oF the date of the NFPA issuance of th is document.

4-1.1 NFPA Publ icat ions. National Fire Protect ion Associat ion, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, HA 02269.

NFPA 70-1987, National E lec t r i ca l Code

NFPA 72A-lg87, Standard fo r the I n s t a l l a t i o n , Haintenance, and Use of Local Protect ive Signal ing Systems

NFPA 72A-1987, Standard on Automatic Fire Detectors

4-1.2 Other Publ icat ions.

4-1.2.1 ANSI Publ icat lons. American National Standards I n s t i t u t e , Inc . , 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.

ANSI B1.20.1-1983, Standard fo r Pipe Threads, General Purpose

ANSI B31.1-1986, power'Piping Code

ANSI B36.10-1985, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

ANSI/UL $36-1984, F lex lb le Hetal Hose

4-1.2.2 ASTH Publ icat ions. American Society fo r Testing and Hater la ls , 1916 Race Street , Phi ladelphia, PA 19103.

ASTH A53-88, Speci f icat ions fo r Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe

ASTH A106-88, Speci f icat ions fo r Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe fo r High Temperature Service

ASTH A197-87, Speci f icat ions fo r Cupola Hal leable Iron

ASTH A234-88, Speci f icat ions for Piping F i t t i ngs of Wrought Carbon Steel and A l loy Steel fo r Hoderate and Elevated Temperatures

ASTH A395-80, Spec i f i ca t ion fo r F e r r l t i c Duct i le Iron Pressure Retaining Castings fo r Use at Elevated Temperatures

ASTH B88-88, Speci f icat ions fo r Seamless Copper Water Tube

ASTH E380-86, Standard fo r Hetr ic Pract ice

4-1.2.3 ASHE Publ icat ion. American Society of Hechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street , New York, NY 10017.

1 5 2

ASME Boi ler and Pressure Vessel Code-1986

4-1.2.4 CSA Publ icat ions. Canadian Standards Association, 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Rexdale, Ontario, Canada Mgw IR3.

CAN3-Z234.l-89, Canadian Metric Practice Guide

C22.i-1986, Canadian E lec t r ica l Code, Part I

4-1.2.5 ULC Publ icat ions. Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada, 7 Crouse Road, Scarborough, Ontario, Canada MIR 3A9.

CAN/ULC S524-H86, Standard for the Ins ta l l a t i on of Fire Alarm Systems

CAN/ULC s52g-H87, Smoke Detectors in Fire Alarm Systems

CAN/ULC $536-M86, Standard for the Inspection and Testing of Fire Alarm Systems

4 - l .2 .6 US Government Publ icat ion. Superintendent of Documents, US Government Pr in t ing Off ice, Washington, DC 2040l.

Code of Federal Regulations, T i t l e 49, Transportat ion, Parts 170-190

4- l .2 .7 CTC Publ icat ion. Queen's Pr in ter , Ottawa, Ontario, Canada KIA ONg.

Canadian Transport Commission's Regulations for Transpor ta t ion of Dangerous Commodities by Rai l .

4 - ] .2 .8 CGA Publ icat ion. Compressed Gas Association, Inc. , 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, Ar l ington, VA 22202.

CGA Pamphlet 6-1984, Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel Compressed Gas Cylinders, Section 3.

Appendix A

This Appendix is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document, but is included for information purposes only.

A- l -5 Halogenated Extinguishing Agents. A halogenated compound is one that contains one or mope atoms of an element from the halogen series: f luor ine , chlor ine, bromine; and iodine. When hydrogen atoms in a hydrocarbon compound, such as methane (CH4) or ethane (CH3CH3), are replaced with halogen atoms, the chemical and physical propert ies of the resul t ing compound are markedly changed. Methane, for example, is a l ight, flammable gas. Carbon tetrafluoride, (CF 4) also a gas, is chemically iner t ; nonflammable, and extremely low in toxic i ty. Carbon tetrachloride (CCI 4) is a volat i le l iquid that is not only nonflammable, but was widely used for many years as a f i re extinguishing agent in spite of i ts rather high toxic i ty. Carbon tetrabromlde (CBr4) and carbon tetralodide (CI 4) are solids that decompose easily under heat. Generally, the presence of fluorine in the compound increases i ts inertness and s tab i l i ty ; the presence of other halogens, particularly bromine, increases the f i re extinguishing effectiveness of the compound. Although a very large number of halogenated compounds exist, only the following five have been used to a significant extent as f i re extinguishing agents:

Halon lOll , bromochloromethane, CH2BrCI

Halon 1211, bromochlorodifluoromethane, CBrCIF 2

Haion 1202, dibromodifluoromethane, CBr2F 2

Halon 1301, bromotrifluoromethane, CBrF 3

Halon 2402, dibromotetrafluoroethane, CBrF2CBrF 2

Halon Nomenclature System. The Halon system for naming halogenated hydrocarbons was devised by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers to provide a convenient and quick means of reference to candidate f i re

extinguishing agents. The f i r s t d ig i t in the number represents the number of carbon atoms in the compound molecule; the second dig i t , the number of fluorine atoms; the third d ig i t , the number of chlorine atoms; the fourth d ig i t , the number of bromine atoms; and the f i f th d ig i t , the number of iodine atoms. Terminal zeros are dropped. Valence requirements not accounted for are assumed to be hydrogen atoms (number of hydrogen atoms = Ist d ig i t times 2, plus 2, minus the sum of the remaining digits).

A-l-5.2 Halon ]30l. Halon 130l chemically is bromotrifluoromethane, CBrF~. Its cumbersome chemical name is often shor[ened to "bromotri" or even further to "BT." The compound is used as a low-temperature refrigerant and as a cryogenic f luid, as well as a f i re extinguishing agent.

Physical Properties. A l i s t of important physical properties of Halon 1301 is given in A-]-5.2. Under normal conditions, Halon 1301 is a colorless, odorless gas with a density approximately 5 times that of air. I t can be liquefied upon compression for convenient shipping and storage. Unlike carbon dioxide, Halon ]30l cannot be sol idif ied at temperatures above -270OF (-167.8oc).

The variation of vapor pressure with temperature for Halon 130l is shown in Figure A-l-5.2. As the temperature is increased, the vapor pressure and vapor density increase and the l iquid density decreases, until the cr i t ica l temperature of 152.6°F (67°C) is reached. At this point, the densities of the l iquid and vapor phases become equal and the l iquid phase ceases to exist. Above the cr i t ica l temperature, the material behaves as a gas, but i t can no longer be liquefied at any pressure.

Fire Extinguishment Characteristics. Halon 130l is an effective f i re extinguishing agent that can be used on many types of f ires. I t is effective in extinguishing surface fires, such as flammable liquids, and on most solid combustible materials except for a few active metals and metal hydrides, and materials that contain their own oxidizer, such as cellulose nitrate, gunpowder, etc.

Extinguishing Mechanism. The mechanism by which Halon 1301 extinguishes fires is not thoroughly known; neither is the combustion process of the f i re i tse l f . I t appears, however, to be a physiochemical inhibition of the combustion reaction. Halon 1301 has also been referred to as a "chain breaking" agent, meaning that i t acts to break the chain reaction of the combustion process. Halon 1301 dissociates in the flame into two radicals:

CBrF 3 ~ CF 3 + Br

Two inhibit ing mechanisms have been proposed, one that is based on a free radical process, and another based on ionic activation of oxygen during combustion.

The "free radical" theory supposes that the bromide radical reacts with the fuel to give hydrogen bromide,

R - H + Br. + HBr

which then reacts with active hydroxyl radicals in the reaction zone:

HBr + OH. ~ H20 + Br.

The bromide radical again reacts with more fuel, and so on, with the result that active H, • OH, • and O: radicals are removed, and less reactive alkyl radicals are produced.

The "ionic" theory supposes that the uninhibited combustion process includes a step in that 02-ions are formed by the capture of electrons that come from ionization of hydrocarbon molecules. Since bromine atoms have a much higher cross section for the capture of slow electrons than 02, the bromine inhibits the reaction by removing the-electrons that are needed for activation of the oxygen.

153

I||||||8||||8888|8|8|'~'" immmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm i | | Immmmmmmn~

I l l l l l l l l g i l l l l l l l l l l l l l o o c o . <

0

Z O-

80

t O

o ::i ,?' , I 0 " ' '

- O 0 - 4 0

/ i i

r.m i n

f /

- 2 0 0 8 0 4 0 GO * 60 I00

T E M P E R A T U R E - e F

Figure A-I-5.2 Vapor Pressure of Halon 1301 vs. Temperature.

I10 140 It1¢

(U 4.a

..O

V') e/) t ~

e~

, v O

-40 -20 0 20 40 TEMPERATURE, °C

Figure A-1-5.2 (Metric)

50 ' 80

154

Table A-1-5.2 Physical Properties of Ha1on 1301

British SI

Molecular weight 148.93 148.93 Boiling point at I a tm. -71.95°F -57.750C Freezing point -270°F - 168°C Critical temperature 152.6°F 67.0°C Critical pressure 575 psia 39.6 bar Critical volume 0.021,5 fta/lb 0.000 276 ma/kg Critical density 46.5 Ib/ft a 745 kg/m a Specific heat, liquid, '

at 77°F (25°C) 0.208 BTU/Ib-°F 870 J/Kg-°C Specific heat, vapor, ~t constant pres-

sure ( I atm.) and 77~F (25°C) 0.112 BTU/Ib-°F 469 J/Kg-°C Heat of vaporization at

boiling point 51.08 BTU/lb " 118.8 kJ/kg Thermal conductivity of liquid at 77°F

(25oc) 0.024 BTU/hr-ft-°F 0.85 W/m-°K

Viscosity, liquid, at 77OF (25oC) 1.01 x 10 -4 Ib/ft-sec 1.59x'10 -4 Poiseuille

Viscosity. vapor, at 77OF (25°C) 1.08x 10 -s Ib/fi~sec 1.63x 10 -s Poiseuille

Surface tension at 77°F (250C) 4 Dynes/cm 0.004 N/m Refractive index of liquid at 77°F (25°C) 1.238 1,238

1.238 Relative dielectric strength at l a im .

77°F (25°C) (nitrogen = 1.00) 1.83 1.83 Solubility of Halon 1301 in water at 1

aim.. 77°F (25°C) 0.03f7~ by wt 0.03c~ by v,'t Solubility of water in Halon 1301 at

700F (21°C) 0.0095~ by wt 0.0095~ by wt

A-l-6.1 Hazards to Personnel. The discharge of Halon 1301 to ext inguish a f i r e may create a hazard to personnel from the natural Halon 1301 i t s e l f and from the products of decomposition that resul t from exposure

' of the agent to the f i r e or other hot surfaces. Exposure to the natural agent is general ly of less concern than is exposure to the decomposition products. However, unnecessary exposure of personnel to e i ther the natural agent or to the decomposition products should be avoided.

Other potent ia l hazards to be considered for indiv idual systems are:

(a) Noise. Discharge of a system can ca'use noise loud enough to be s t a r t l i ng but o rd inar i l y insu f f i c ien t to cause traumatic in ju ry .

(b) Turbulence. High ve loc i ty discharge from nozzles may be su f f i c ien t to dislodge substantial objects d i rec t l y in the path. System discharge may cause enough general turbulence in the enclosures to move unsecured paper and l i gh t objects.

(c) Cold Temperature. Direct contact with the vaporizing l i qu id being discharged from a Halon ]301 system w i l l have a strong c h i l l i n g ef fect on objects and can cause f ros tb i t e burns to the skin. The l iqu id phase vaporizes rapid ly when mixed with a i r and thus l im i t s the hazard to the immediate v i c i n i t y of the discharge point . In humid atmospheres, minor reduction in v i s i b i l i t y may occur for a b r ie f period due to the condensation of water vapor.

Natural or Undecomposed Halon 1301. When Halon 1301 is used in systems designed and ins ta l led according to th is NFPA standard, r isk to exposed indiy iduals is minimal. I ts t o x i c i t y is very low in both animals and humans. The main physiologic actions of Halon 1301 at high inhaled levels are central nervous system (CNS) depression and cardiovascular ef fects.

Animals. Halon 1301 has a 15-minute approximate lethal cdncentration (ALC) of 83 percentt (02 added) l * , suggesting a very tow de!wee of acute inhalat ion t o x i c i t y . In monkeys attd dogs, mild CNS effects occur a f te r a few minutes' exposure above 10 percent, progressing to lethargy in monkeys and tr~mors and convulsion in dogs at levels above 20 percent. =

Spontaneous effects on blood pressure and cardiac rhythm occur.at much higher levels, aRproximately 20 percent and 40 percent, respect ively. ~

I t has also been known since the early 1900s that the inhalat ion of many halocarbons and hydrocarbons, l i ke carbon te t rachlor ide and hexane, can make the heart abnormally sensi t ive to elevated adrenalin levels, resul t ing in cardiac arrhythmia and possibly death, This phenomenon has been referred to as cardiac sens i t izat ion. Halon 1301 can also sensi t ize the heart, but only at high inhaled levels. For example, in'standard cardiac sens i t izat ion screening studies in dogs using 5-minute exposures and large doses of injected adrenalin, the threshold for sensi t izat ion is in the 7.5 to 10 percent range. ~

In other studies on dogs, a certain c r i t i c a l blood level was associated with inspired levels needed to sensit ize the heart. With exposure to Halon 1301, a re l a t i ve l y insoluble fluorocarbon, blood concentrations r ise rapid ly , equ i l ib ra te within 5-10 minutes, and fa l l rapid ly upon cessation of exposure. There is~no accumulation of Halon 1301 as indicated by s imi lar blood concentration at 5-10 minutes and at 60 minutes of exposure. When dogs exposed to Halon 1301 for 60 minutes are given a large dose of adrenalin, the threshold for cardiac sens i t izat ion remains the same as for 5-minute exposures - - 7.5 to 10.0 percent. In addi t ion, studies have shown that sensi t izat ion is only a temporary ef fect , since adrenalin in ject ions given 10 minutes a f ter exposure to kngwn sensi t iz ing levels have not resulted in arrhythmias. 4

Using the standard cardiac sensi t izat ion test protocol and large doses of adrenalin, dogs with experimentally induced myocardial in farc t ion were tested to determine whether th is type of heart condition might s i gn i f i can t l y lower the threshold for cardiac sens i t izat ion. Results on Halon 1301 showed no greater potent ial for cardiac sens i t izat ion among dogs having recovered from myocardial in farc t ion than for normal, healthy animals.

Halon 1301 has also been tested for mutagenic and teratogenic ef fects. In a standard 48-hour Ames Test at levels of 40 percent, no evidence of mutagenicity was seen in Salmonella typhimurium bacteria with or without metabolic ac t iva t ion. Pregnant rats exposed to Halon 1301 at levels as high as 5 percent exhibi ted no embryotoxic or teratogenic ef fects.

tA l l percentage levels in th is section refer to volumetric concentrations of Halon 1301 in a i r .

*See B-1.4 for references.

155

The preceding animal studies show that Halon 1301 is very low in toxic i ty. Although high inhaled levels can affect the CNS and cardiovascular system, such effects are rapidly and completely reversible upon removal from exposure, i f the exposure conditions were not severe enough to produce death.

Humans. The very low toxic i ty of Halon 1301 in animal studies has been confirmed by over 20 years of safe manufacture and use. There has never been a death or any permanent injury associated with exposure to Halon 1301.

Exposure to Halon 1301 in the S to 7 percent range produces l i t t l e , i f any, noticeable effect. At levels between 7 and 10 percent mild CNS effects such as dizziness and tingling in the extremities have been reported. Above 10 percent, some subjects report a feellng of impending unconsciousness after a few minutes, although test subjects exposed up to 14 perc6nt for 5.~inutes have not actually lost consciousness. ° These types of CNS effects were completely reversible upon removal from exposure.

In many experimental studies on humans, no subject has ever had a serious arrhythmia at Halon 1301 levels below tO percent. One arrhythmia has been observed at a 14-percent level after a few minutes' exposure, but the subjec t reverted to a normal rhythm upon removal to fresh air. v In recent studies at the Medical College of Wisconsln 7, exposure to Halon 1301 up to 7.1 percent for 30 minutes did not produce sufficient adverse effects to harm, confuse, or debi l i tate human subjects or prevent them from performing simple mechanical tasks, following instructions, or exiting from the Halon 1301 exposure area. In addition, these subjects experienced no significant EKG or EEG abnormalities during or after exposure.

I t is considered good practice to avoid al l unnecessary exposure to Halon 1301 and to l imi t exposures to the following times:

7 percent and below - - 15 minutes

7-10 percent - - l minute

10-15 percent - - 30 seconds

Above 15 percent - - prevent exposure

Anyone suf fer ing from the tox ic e f fects of Halon 1301 vapors should immediately move or be moved to fresh a i r . In t rea t i ng persons suf fer ing tox ic e f fec ts due to exposure to th is agent, the use of eplnep~rlne (adrenaline) and similar drugs must be avoided because they may produce cardiac arrhythmlas, including ventricular f i b r i l l a t ion .

Halon 1301 is color less and odorless. Discharge of the agent may create a l ight mist in the v ic in i ty of the discharge nozzTe, resulting from condensation of moisture in the air , but the mist rarely persists after discharge is completed. Thus, l i t t l e hazard is created from the standpoint of reduced v i s i b i l i t y . Once discharged into an enclosure, i t is d i f f i cu l t to detect i ts presence through normal human senses; in concentrations above approximately 3 percent, voice characteristics are changed due to the increased density of the agent/air mixture.

In t o ta l f lood ing systems, the high densi ty of Halon 1301 vapor (5 times that of a i r ) requires the use of discharge nozzles that w i l l achieve a wel l-mixed atmosphere to avoid local pockets of higher concentrat ion. I t is also possible to develop local pockets of higher concentrat ion in p i ts or low- ly ing areas adjacent to local app l i ca t ion systems. Once mixed in to the a i r , the agent w i l l not se t t l e out.

Decomposition Products of Halon 1301. Although Halon 1301 vapor has a low t o x i c i t y , i t s decomposition products can be hazardous. The most accepted theory is

that the vapor must decompose before Halon 1301 can i n h i b i t the combustion react ions (see A-1-5.2). The decomposition takes place on exposure to a flame, or to a hot surface at above approximately 900°F (482°C). In the presence oF ava i l ab le hydrogen (from water vapor, or the combustion process i t s e l f ) , the main decomposition products are the halogen acids (HF, HBr) and f ree halogens (Br 2) wi th small amounts of carbonyl hal ldes (COF 2, COBr2).

The decomposition products of Halon 1301 have a cha ra te r i s t l c sharp, acr id odor, even in minute concentrat ions of only a few par ts .per m i l l i o n . This charac te r i s t i c provides a b u i l t - i n warning system for the agent, but at the same time creates a noxious, i r r i t a t i n g atmosphere fo r those who must enter the hazard fo l lowlng the f i r e .

The amount of Halon 1301 that can be expected to decompose in ext ingu ish ing a f i r e depends to a large extent on the size of the f i r e , the concentrat ion of Ha]on vapor and the length of time that the agent is in contact with flame or heated surfaces above 900°F (482°C). I f ther~ is a very rapid buildup of concentrat ion to the c r i t i c a l value, then the f i r e w i ] ] be ext inquished qu lck ly , and there w i l l be l i t t l e decomposition. The actual concentrat ion of the decomposition products must then depend on the volume of the room in which the f i r e was burning, and on the degree of mixing and v e n t i l a t i o n . For example, extinguishment of a 2~-sq f t (2.3-m 2) heptane f i r e in a lO,O00-cu f t (283-m a) enclosure wTthin 0.5 seconds produced only 12 ppm HF. A s im i la r test having an extinguishment time of lO seconds produced an average HF leve l of 250 ppm over a g-minute period.

C lear ly , longer exposure of the vapor to temperatures in excess of 900°F (482°C) would produce greater concentrat ions of these gases. The type and s e n s i t i v i t y of detect ion, coupled with the rate of discharge, should be selected to minimize the exposure time of the vapors to the elevated temperature i f the concentrat ion of breakdown products must be minimized. In most cases the area would be untenable for human occupancy due to the heat and breakdown products of the f i r e i t s e l f .

A-1-6.1.2 Safety Requirements. The steps and safeguards,necessary to prevent injury or death to ~ ersonnel in areas whose atmospheres w i l l be made

azardous by the discharge or thermal decomposition of Halon 1301 may include the fo l low ing :

(a) Provis ion of adequate aisleways and routes of e x i t and keeping them c lear a t - a l l t imes.

(b) Provision of emergency l l g h t l n g and d l rec t lona l signs as necessary to ensure quick, safe evacuation.

(c) Provis ion of alarms w i th in such areas that w i l ] operate immediately upon detect ion of the f i r e .

(d) Provision of only outward-swlnglng, se l f - c los lng doors at ex i ts from hazardous areas, and, where such doors are latched, prov is ion of panic hardware.

(e) Provision of continuous alarms at entrances to such areas un t i l the atmosphere has been restored to normal.

( f ) Provis ion of warning and ins t ruc t ion signs at entrances to and inside such areas. These signs should inform persons in or enter ing the protected area that a Halon 1301 system is i ns ta l l ed , and may contain add i t iona l ins t ruc t ions per t inent to the condit ions of the hazard.

(g) Provis ion fo r prompt discovery and rescue of persons rendered unconscious in such areas. This may be accomplished by having such areas searched immediately by t ra ined personnel equipped wlth proper breathing equipment. Sel f-contained breathing equipment and personnel t ra ined in i t s use, and in rescue pract ices, inc ludlng a r t i f i c i a l resp i ra t ion , should be read i l y ava i l ab le .

156

(h) Provis ion of i ns t ruc t ion and d r i l l s fo r a l l personnel w i th in or in the v i c i n i t y of such areas, inc ludlng maintenance or construct ion people who may be brought in to the area, to ensure t h e i r correct act ion when Ha]on 1301 pro tec t i ve equipment operates.

( i ) Provis ion of means fo r prompt v e n t i l a t l o n of such areas. Forced v e n t i l a t i o n w i l l of ten be necessary. Care should be taken to r ea l l y d iss ipate hazardous atmospheres and not merely move them to another loca t ion . Halon 1301 is heavier than a i r .

( j ) P roh ib i t i on against smoking by persons un t i l the atmosphere has been purged of Halon 1301.

(k) Provision of such other steps and safeguards that a careful study of each paEt lcu lar s i t ua t i on indicates is necessary to prevent i n j u r y or death;

A-1-7.4 When a f u l l discharge tes t is conducted, the fo l lowing procedures are recommended.

A. Planning fo r the Acceptance Test.

1. A date and t ime should be set wel l in advance of the test to assure that proper preparat ions are made.

2. To assure that the tes t ing qbject ives are met, an evaluat ion team should be set up, inc luding the fo l lowing: the user, the i n s t a l l e r , and the au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n .

B. Conducting the Discharge Test

1. A l l members of the tes t ing eva luat ing team should meet and make sure a l l items on the pretest inspect ion have been resolved.

2. Before conducting an actual system tes t , read and perform a l l appropr iate steps in the above predischarge check l is t . (Disregard i f the steps in the predischarge tes t have resulted in f a i l u res to pass tes ts . )

3. The fo l low ing equipment w i l l be required fo r the tes t :

(a) An accurate concentrat ion meter capable of prov id ing both d i rec t readout and p r in tou t . Mu] t ip ]e recorders may be required for ]ar'ge i n s t a l l a t i o n s .

(b) A stopwatch.

(c) Portable exhaust fans, i f needed fo r pos t - tes t v e n t i l a t i o n .

C. The fo l low lng procedure should be used for the tes t :

1. Halon 1301 should not be us, ed as a test agent. A v a i l a b i l i t y of Halon 1301 is l im i ted by the Hontreal

Protocol on Substances that Dep]ete the Ozone Layer. Use of Ha]on 1301 as a tes t agent, fu r ther reduces avai lab i l i ty for f i re extinguishing purposes. As such this standard recommends that Halon 1301 should not be .. used as a test agent.

HCFC 22 and sulfur hexaf]uoride have been identified as candidate alternate test materials. At the time of preparation of this standard, active programs to evaluate these materials were being undertaken.

2. Where permitted by the authority having jurisdict ion, Halon 122 or other agents are sometimes used in acceptance testing of new Halon 1301 systems. Where Halon 122 or other agents are used, the authority having jur~sdlction should assure that they provide a meaningful test of the system.

Known differences between Halon 1301 and Halon 122 include:

(a) Halon 122 causes less turbulence than Halon 1301.

(b) D i s t r i bu t i on from unbalanced systems may be subs tan t ia l l y d i f f e r e n t .

(c) Halon 122 mixes with the atmosphere less read i l y than Halon 1301.

(d) The t o x i c i t y of Halon 122 is greater than Ha]on 1301.

(e) The vapor densi ty of Halon 122 is ]ess than Ha]on 1301.

( f ) Halon 122 is not a recognized f i r e ext inguish ing agent.

(g) The tes t cy l inder fo r Halon 122 is loaded to 82 percent by weight of the Halon 1301 charge.

(1) I f Halon 122 is used as a tes t gas, personnel should be provided with se l f -conta ined breathing apparatus or excluded from a l l p o t e n t i a l l y af fected areas un t l l Ha]on 122 vapors have been removed and the bu i ld ing can be safe ly occupied.

(2) Provision should be made fo r safe v e n t i l a t i o n of Halon 122 a f t e r the tes t . Containers charged with Halon 122 should be d i s t i n c t l y i den t i f i ed .

(3) Reference to Halon 122 manufacturer's bu l l e t l ns is important.

3. Replacement 1301 should be on hand and the • replacement containers should be weighed at the s i te .

D. Predischarge Checkl lsts and Functional Test. The fo l lowing guidel ines are fo r informat ion purposes only and are not intended to replace or r e s t r i c t the manufacturers' recommendations.

1. "The protected enclosure should be prepared as fo l lows:

• (a) The room should be in the normal o~erat ing condi t ion. Taping and other nonpermanent methods should not be al lowed.

(b) Al l openings that are to be automat ica l ly closed on system actuat ion, should be in t h e i r normal open pos i t ion (doors, f i r e dampers, e t c . ) .

(c) A l l ce i l i ng t i l e s should be i ns ta l l ed .

(d) A l l nozzle locat ions should be checked for obstruct ions. A l l loose papers and l i g h t mater ia ls that may be moved by the discharge of Halon should be removed.

(e) A l l areas where Halon discharge may s t i r up dust or deb r i s ' t ha t could damage equipment should be vacuumed clean to minimize po ten t ia l damage.

( f ) Adjacent rooms should be checked to make sure that Halon migrat ing from.the room w i l l not t r i p adjacent Ha]on Systems or a f fec t people or equipment.

(g) Provisions should be provided for removal of the Halon at the end of the tes t ing .

(h) Experience has shown that the primary cause of discharge tes t f a i l u r e is the i n a b i l i t y to hold the speci f ied concentrat ion fo r the en t i re holding period. Room vacuum/pressurization techniques should be considered for locat ing unwanted room leakage. These techniques are h ighly recommended fo r locat ing room leakage both immediately p r i o r to a discharge test and on a future per iodic basis.

E. Total Flooding Test. For t o ta l f ]oodlng systems, a l i s t ed or approved concentrat ion meter should be used and ca l ib ra ted in s t r i c t accordance with the manufacturer's ins t ruc t ions . The meters should be checked fo r accuracy by means of a known sample. Concentration readings should be taken at the point of the highest combustible being protected or at a level

157

equivalent to 75 percent of the height of the enclosure, whichever is greater. The sampling points shall not be located less than 12 in. (305 mm) from the ceil ing unless the combustibles being protected extend within the area, in which case special design consideration may be necessary. I f more than one space or compartment is being simultaneously protected, a sampling point should be located in each space in accordance with the above cr i te r ia . (The minimum design concentration for the hazard should be achieved at al l sampling points in the enclosure within one minute after the end of the i n i t i a l discharge.) For flammable liquids and gases, the minimum specified concentration need not be maintained for an extended period. For surface f i re hazards other than flammable liquids and gases, 80 percent of the minimum design concentration should be maintained for a period of 10 minutes after the i n i t i a l discharge or as required by the authority having jur isdict ion. Hazards involving deep-seated combustibles require maintenance of the design concentrations for longer periods of time (see 2-4). Where an inerting concentration is required, a more stringent te'st may be necessary. Refer to 2 - I . I .3 to determine that concentrations do not exceed the safety l imi ts specified thelceln. 110-volt, 60-cycle power should be available for operating a recordable-type analyzer. The power to the analyzer should remain on when the f i re extinguisher system is activated.

I. Halon analyzers should be f ie ld calibrated and adjusted prior to each test.

2. I f the system is linked to an alarm c i rcui t providing local and remote f i re cal l , the appropriate party should be notif ied and advised prior to and at the completion of the test, "

3. Actuate the system for discharge.

4. Concentration wi l l be reported for the time period that the authority having jur isdict ion has determined to be appropriate for that part icular occupancy.

Caution: There should be no smoking in or around the test area during and after the discharge.

5. The following items should be complied with to designate the system as acceptable.

(a) Liquid discharge shall be in accordance with 2-6.2.2.

(b) The system shall achieve the specified concentration in the protected volume within I minute after the end of the i n i t i a l discharge.

(c) The speci f ied concentrat ion should be maintained fo r the specif ied, holding period.

(d) The system should be proper ly i ns ta l l ed and perform as designed wi thout causlng "unacceptable damage to the protected volume.

6. Once the requirement fo r hold time has been completed, v e n t i l a t i o n to exhaust the Halon from the area should be star ted and maintained as necessary.

7. Operation of a l l a u x i l i a r y system funct ions, horns, l i gh t s , local and remote alarms, magnetic releases, and so on, should be confirmed.

F. Failure Classification. Discharge test fa i lure may be classified as one of the following:

I. Primary Failure. The fa i lure of equipment necessary to complete system discharge and achieve i n i t i a l design concentration ( i . e . , hydraulic calculations, inoperative containers, control panel malfunction, etc.)

2. Secondary Failure. The fa i lure of anci l lary equipment that does not inh ib i t the system from completing discharge and achieving i n i t i a l design concentrat ion ( i . e . , dampers, door closures, be l l s , dry contact re lays, e tc . )

3. Room I n t e g r i t y Fa i lu re . The f a i l u r e of the room to hold the speci f ied concentrat ion fo r the speci f ied holding per iod.

G. The resul ts of the tes t should be documented in report form for each member of the test team. This report should include, but not necessar i ly be l im i ted to, the fo l low ing :

1. A sketch of the protected area showing the locat ion of sampling points, in plan and e leva t ion .

2. Copies of c l ea r l y i d e n t i f i e d analyzer chart records showing Halon concentrat ion. This must also include analyzer ca l i b ra t i on resu l ts , and the tapes should be signed by au tho r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n .

3. A s lgnof f by each member of the test team.

H. Place the system back in serv ice. (Refer to the manufacturer's recommendations.)

1. Ver i f y that a l l detectors and manual pul l s ta t ions have been reset.

2. Refurbish or replace agent storage containers with the proper amount of agent. Containers should be weighed to v e r i f y the required amount of agent.

3. Ver i f y that the system control un i t is in a normal operat ing condi t ion free of a l l f a u l t i nd ica t ion . Normally th is is done before arming each agent storage container release mechanism.

4. Secure the system control un i t and lock where appl icab le.

5. Ver i f y that the end-user has been proper ly instructed in the use and operat ion of th is system.

6. Clean the area of any debris that may have resul ted during the system i n s t a l l a t i o n .

7. Ver i f y tha t an emergency telephone number has been l e f t wi th the end-user.

A-1-8.5.3 The abort switch should be located near the means of egress fo r the area.

A-1-9.4 Storage Containers. Storage containers fo r Halon 1301 must be capable of withstanding the total pressure exerted by the Halon 1301 vapor plus the nitrogen part ial pressure, at the maximum temperature contemplated in use. Generally, steel cylinders meeting the U.S. Department of Transportation requirements wi l l be used to contain quantities up to approximately 100 Ib (45 kg) Halon 1301. Manifolded cylinders are used for larger instal lat ions.

Each container must be equipped with a discharge valve capable of discharging l iquid Halon 1301 at the required rate. Containers with top-mounted valves require an internal dip tube extending to the bottom of the cylinder to permft discharge of l iquid phase Halon 1301.

Nitrogen Superpressurization. Although the 199 psig (14.73 bars) vapor pressure of Halon 1301 at 70°F (21°C) is adequate to expel the contents of the storage containers, th is pressure decreases rap id ly with temperature. At O°F(-18°C), fo r example, the vapor pressure is 56.6 psig (4.92 bars), and at -40°F (-40°C) i t is only 17.2 pslg (2.20 bars). The add i t ion of n i t rogen to Halon 1301 storage containers to pressurize the agent above the vapor pressure, ca l led "superpressur lz tng," w i l l prevent the container pressure from decreasing so d r a s t i c a l l y at low temperatures.

Superpressurlzat ion causes some of the ni t rogen to permeate the l i qu i d por t ion of the Halon 1301. This " s o l u b i l i t y " is re lated both to the degree of superpressur izat lon and to temperature as fo l lows:

Hx=P_ n Xn -

158

Where:

H x = Henry's Law constant, psi (bars) per mole fract ion.

Pn = Part ial pressure of nitrogen above solution, psi - (bars) .

X n = Nitrogen concentrat ion in l iquid Halon 1301, mole fract ion,

Nitrogen part ia l pressure may be calculated from the total pressure of the system and the vapor pressure of Halon 1301 (Figure A-1-5.2) as follows:

Pn = P - (1 - Xn) Pv

Where:

P = Total~pressure of system, psi absolute (psi gage + 14.696) (bars).

Py = Vapor pressure of Halon 1301, psi absolute (ps~ gage + 14.696) (bars).

Figure A-1-9.4(a) shows that varlat ion of Henry's Law constant, Hx, with temperature.

F i l l ing Density. The f i l l i n g density of a container is defined as the number of pounds of Halon 1301 per cu f t of container volume. Isometric diagrams for Halon 1301 superpressurized with nitrogen, Figures A-1-9.4(b) (360 psig) and A-1-9.4(c) (600 psig), show the relationship of storage container pressure vs. temperature with lines of constant f i l l density.

These curves demonstrate the danger in over f i l l ing containers with Halon 1301. A container f i l l e d completely with Halon 1301 at 70°F3(21°C) and f i l l e d to 97.8 lb/cu f t (1566 kg/m ) and subsequently superpressurized to 600 pslg (42.38 bars) would develop a pressure of 3000 pslg (207.86 bars) when heated to 130°~ (54°C); i f f i l l e d to 70 lb/cu f t (1121 kg/m °) or less as permitted in this standard, a pressure of 1040 pslg (72.72 bars) would be developed. The same principles apply to l iquld Halon 1301 that becomes trapped between two valves in pipelines. Adequate pressure re l i e f should always be provided in such situations.

5500

5 0 0 0

~ 4 5 0 0 o

~ 4 0 0 0

~ 3 5 0 0

! I

~ooo 1 I - 4 0 - 2 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 100 120

T E M P E R A r U R E I i F

J ""X \

\ .\

\ 1 4 0 1 6 0

Figure A- l -g .4 (a ) Henry's Law Constant for Nitrogen Solubi l l ty in Liquid Halon 1301.

159

3 5 0

u.

300

-r

0

< -J 250 P

i

J

f f J

_HENRY'S LAW CONSTANT FOR NITROGE~J SOLUBILITY

- IN LIQUID HALON 1 3 0 1

\

C r i t i c a l

i l l i

\ \ \ %

X

Point. /

-20 . 0 20 40 60 80

TEMPERATURE, °C

F~gure A-1-9.4(a) (Hetr lc)

I i / . . . . ; ! ! , t !~l I~I I , ; I

, I ; " , ~ i l i [

. . . . . . , , , . . L ~ - T ~ - - ~ i ! ! i i ' . ' I' ;.: ' , I ,s, : . !I l '

f l l i t ! i ; i ',:I f t ~ ', i *i ;S :i" ,:~" ] :

i~ j ! , , i , ' ~ ] i i i , , I: ; i ~ ! ; i i T l , i , [ , . . . . . . . . . .

,r ,, , - / t , , , , , i = : t ! ~ " ' , ' t l f f

. . . . . . i ; ~ , ,~: it 77

! ; I ; ~ , [

, ' l I T l lli'll i l i i : i ii~i!!i

:iii i!i i i i i , i i : i , i l i : i i

i "7. ~*.-r i

n , i l ~ i J ]

i,~ ~ i l ,~; '

i .... il I;F !

i i l * i i!! ~ !i 1 i : : i i i l il i , !~I 2 i l l , ; i i

: I ] . + , : ! ! ; ' : i I! . z e o e s m ~ o o F

iliili ;I ~ " ~ " : ~'I I : : : ' I ' ' , [ ' ' , . . . . . . . l i l t I i J i l r J i l l , r! I l; J j : i : i i ' F t l

l[llll ill~;lll ~i~::i lllllllli lllllll ;

Tlmll~, oF

Figure A-1-g.4(b) Isometric Diagram. Halon 1301 pressurized to 360 psig at 70°f .

~- ISOMETRIC DIAGRAM • HALON 1301 PRESSUF~IZED TO 253

~ BARS AT 21 C

J

//b /j,,jov

I F j l r

D" /

50

TEMPERATURE, °C

Figure A-I-g.4(h)

BP"A II IV&B'~ l~F ' ,d l P"4D ~

C.,~. ~ , ' / , ' /

0®~, r / , • , ] f / ' r " / ~,'1, / F ~ ' / I I , f.~, •

I,~ l l J " r l /

100

(Metrl c)

150

0 IO0

T~MPERATUnE,

Figure A-I-9.4(c) (Metric)

Figure A-1-9.4(c) Isometr ic Diagram. Halon 1301 pressurized to 600 psig at 70°F.

A - l -10 . ] Although Ha]on systems are not subjected to continuous pressur izat ion, some provis ions should be made to ensure that the type of p ip ing i ns ta l l ed can withstand the maximum stress at maximum storage temperatures. Maximum al lowable stress leve ls for th is condi t ion should be establ ished at values of 90 percent of the minimum y ie ld strength or 50 percent of the minimum tens i l e strength, whichever is less. Al l j o i n t factors should be app]ied a f t e r th is value is determined.

A - l - 10 .1 . ] The fo l lowing presents ca lcu lat lons to provide minimum pipe schedules (wall thickness) for use with both'360 psi and 600 psi Ha]on 1301 f i r e ext inguish ing systems in accordance with th is standard. Paragraph 1-10.1 requires t h a t "the pipe wall shall be calculated in accordance with ANSI B31.i, Power Piping Code."

Minimum Piping Requirements for Halon 1301 Systems 360 psi and 600 psi Charging Pressure

I. Limitations on piping to be used for Halon systems (or any pressurized fluid) are set by:

(a) Maximum pressure expected within the pipe; (b) Material-of construction of the pipe, tensile

strength of the material, yield strength of the materlal, and temperature limitations of the material;

(c) Joining methods, i .e. , threaded, welded, grooved, etc.;

(d) Pipe construction method, i .e. , seamless, ERW (electric resistance welded), furnace welded, etc.;

(e) Pipe diameter; and (f) Wall thickness of the pipe.

160

2. The ca lcu la t lons are based on the following: (a) The minimum calculated pressure is 1000 psi for

systems using an in i t i a l charging pressure of 600 psi, and 620 psi for systems using an in i t i a l charging pressure of 360 psi;

(b) The calculations apply only to steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-53 or ASTM A-I06, and copper tubing conforming to ASTM B-88; and

(c) The calculations cover threBded, welded, and grooved joints for steel pipe; and compression f i t t ings for copper tubing.

3. The basic equation to find the minimum wall thickness for piping under internal pressure is:

WHERE: t O P

SE

t = [PD/ZSE] + A

= required wall thickness (inches) = outside pipe diameter (inches) = maximum a11owable pressure (psi) = maximum allowable stress [including Joint efficiency] (psi) = a11owance for threading, grooving, etc. (inches) NOTE: for these calculations = depth of thread for threaded connections = depth of groove for cut groove connections = zero for welded or rolled groove connections = zero for joints in copper tubing using compression f i t t ings.

The term SE is defined as I/4 of the tensile strength of the piping material or 2/3 of the yield strength (whichever is lower) multiplied by a jo int efficiency factor.

3oint efficiency factors are:

1.0 fo r seamless 0.85 fo r ERW (E lec t r l c resistance welded) 0.60 for furnace but t weld (continuous weld) (Class f )

4. The fo l lowlng l i s t i n g gives values fo r SE as taken from Appendix A of the ASME/ANSI Code for Pressure Piping (ASHE/ANSI B31). Ident ica l values are

R iven in ASME/ANSI B31.1 (Power Piping) and ASME/ANSI 1.9 (Bui ld ing Services Pip ing) .

SE Value

Grade C Seamless Pipe ASTM A-106 17500 psi Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTM A- 53 15000 psi Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTM A-106 ]5000 psi Grade A Seamless Pipe ASTM A- 513 12000 psi

Grade A Seamless Pipe ASTH A-106 12000 psi Grade B ERW Pipe ASTH A- 513 ]2800 psi Grade A ERW Pipe ASTM A- 513 10200 psi Class F Furnace Welded

Pipe ASTH A- 513 6800 psi Seamless Copper Tubing

(Annealed) ASTM B- 88 5100 psi Seamless Copper Tubing ASTH B- 88 9000 psi

(Drawn) 5. The basic equation can be rewritten to solve for

P so as to determine the maximum a11owable pressure for which a pipe of thickness t can be used:

P = 2SE (t~A)/D

As required by paragraph 10.1.1 of th is standard, fo r systems having a charging pressure of 360 psi , the calculated pressure (P) must be equal to or greater than 620 psi .

For systems having a charging pressure of 600 psi , the calculated pressure (P) must be equal to or greater than 1000 psi .

These pressure values are based on a maximum agent storage temperature of 130 F.

6. I f higher storage temperatures are approved for a given system, the in terna l pressure should be adjusted to the maximum in terna l pressure at maximum temperature. In performing th is ca lcu la t lon , a l l j o i n t factors and threading, grooving, or weldlng allowances should be taken in to account.

7. Paragraph 102.2.4(B) of the Power Piping Code (ASME/ANSI B31.1) al lows the maximum al lowable stress (SE) to be exceeded by 20 percent i f the durat ion of the pressure (or temperature) increase is l im i ted to less than 1 percent of any 24 hour per iod. Since the halon pip ing is normally unpressurized the system discharge period sa t i s f i es th is c r i t e r i a . Therefore, the pip ing ca lcu la t ions set out in th is paragraph are based on values of SE which are 20 percent greater than that out l lned above in paragraph four (per appendix A of the Power Piping Code). The spec i f ic values for maximum al lowable stress used in these calculat ions are as fo l lows:

SE Value Grade C Seamless Pipe ASTM A-106 21000 psi Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTH A- 53 18000 psi Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTM A~106 18000 psi Grade A Seamless Pipe ASTM A- 53 14400 psi Grade A Seamless Pipe ASTM A-106 14400 psi Grade B Seamless Pipe ASTM A- 53 15360 psi Grade A ERW Pipe ASTM A- 53 12240 psi Class F Furnace Welded

Pipe ASTM A- 53 8160 psi Seamless Copper Tubing

(Annealed) ASTH B- 88 6120 psi Seamless Copper Tubing

(Drawn) ASTH B- 88 10800 psi

NOTE 1: When using ro l l ed groove connections, or Welded connect!ons wi th in terna l pro ject ions (backup r ings, e t c . ) , the hydraul ic ca]culat ions should consider these factors .

NOTE 2: Pipe supplied as dual stenci led A-120/A-53 Class F meets the requirements of Class F furnace welded pipe ASTH A-53 as l l s t e d above. Ordinary cast - l ron pipe, steel pipe conforming to ASTH A-120, or nonmetal l ic pipe should not be used.

NOTE 3: A l l grooved coup l i ngs / f l t t i ngs should be l is ted/approved fo r use with Halon 1301 ext lngu ish lng systems.

NOTE 4: The above ca lcu la t ions do not apply to extended discharge exceeding 14.4 minutes.

NOTE 5: Compression f i t t i n g s should be l i s t ed approved fo r use with the type of tubing and pressures per ] -10.2.2 of th is standard (600 psi systems 1000 psi working pressure; 360 psi systems 620 psi working pressure).

161

Minimum Piping Requirements Halon 1301 Systems - 360 PSI Charging Pressure

STEEL PIPE - THREADED CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-I06 Seamless, Grade C ASTM A-106/A-53 Seamless Grade B ASTM A-106/A-53 Seamless Grade A ASTM A-53 ERW Grade B ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A ASTM A-S3 Furnace Weld Class F

Schedule 40 - I/8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I/8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I/8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I/8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - . I / 8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I/8 in. thru I - I /2 in. NPS Schedule 80 - 2 in. thru 8 in. NPS

STEEL PIPE - WELDED OR ROLLED GROOVE CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-I06 Seamless, Grade C ASTM A-106/A-53 Seamless Grade B ASTM A-IO6/A-53 Seamless Grade A ASTM A-53 ERW Grade B ASTM A-S3 ERW Grade A ASTM A-53 Furnace Weld Class F

STEEL PIPE - CUT GROOVE CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-f06 Seamless, Grade C ASTM A-106/A-53 Seamless Grade B ASTM A-IO6/A-53 Seamless Grade A ASTM A-S3 ERW Grade B ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A

ASTM A-53 Furnace Weld Class F

COPPER TUBING - COMPRESSION FITTINGS

ASTM B-88 Seamless, Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless, Drawn ASTM B-88 Seamless, Drawn ASTM B~88 Seamless, Annealed ASTM B-88 Seamless, Annealed ASTM B-88 Seamless, Annealed

Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in , NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in , thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 6 in . NPS Schedule 80 - 8 in . NPS

Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 8 in . NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . t h r u 5 in . NPS Schedule 80 - 6 in . thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in . thru 3 in. NPS Schedule 80 - 4 in . thru 8 in . NPS

Type K 1/4 in . thru 8 in . Type L 1/4 in . thru 3 in . Type M 1/4 in . thru 1-1/2 in . Type K 1/4 in . thru 1 in . Type L 1/4 in. thru 3/4 in . Type H 1/4 in . ONLY

162

Minimum Piping Requirements Halon 1301 Systems - - 600 PSI Charging Pressure

STEEL PIPE - THREADED CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-106 Seamless,. Gr. C. ASTM A-IO6/A-53 Seamless Gr. B.

ASTM A-lO6/A-53-Seamless Gr. A.

ASTM A-53 ERW Grade B

ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A

ASTM A-S3 Furnace Weld CI.F

Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule Schedule

40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS 40 - I /8 in. thru 5 in. NPS 80 - 6 in. thru 8 in NPS 40 - I /8 in. thru 2- I /2 in. NPS 80 3 in. thru 8 in. NPS 40 - I /8 in. thru 3 in. NPS 80 4 in. thru 8 in. NPS 40 - I /8 in. thru I - I / 4 in. NPS 30 I - I / 2 in. thru 8 in. NPS 40 - 1/8 in. thru I /2 in. NPS 80 - 3/4 in. thru 2- I /2 in. NPS 120 - 3 in. thru 8 in. NPS

STEEL PIPE -. WELDED CONNECTIONS

ASTM A-I06 Seamless, Gr. C. ASTM A-106/A-53 Seamless Gr. B. ASTM A-IO6/A-53 Seamless Gr. A. ASTM A-53 ERW Grade B ASTM A-53 ERW Grade A

ASTM A-53 Furnace Weld CI.F

Schedule 40 - 1/8 in. thru 8 in.. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - 1/8 in. thru 6 in. NPS Schedule 80 8 in. NPS Schedule 40 - I /8 in. thru 3 in. NPS Schedule 30 - 4 in. thru 6 in. NPS Schedule 120- 8 in. NPS

COPPER TUBING - COMPRESSION FITTINGS

ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless ASTM B-88 Seamless

Drawn Drawn Drawn Annealed Annealed Annealed

Type K 1/4 in. thru 1-1/4 in. Type L 1/4 in. thru 3/4 in. Type M 1/4 in. thru 3/8 in. Type K l /4 in. thru 3/8 in. Type L DO NOT USE Type M DO NOT USE

163

A-1-10.2.2

(a) 300 lb class mal leable i ron f i t t i n g s , sizes through 3 i n . , are acceptable. Forged steel f i t t i n g s should be used fo r a l l l a rger sizes. Flanged j o i n t s should be class 600 lb .

(b) 300 lb class mal leable i ron f i t t i n g s are acceptable through 3 in . IPS and 1,000 duc t i l e i ron or forged steel f i t t i n g s should be used in la rger sizes. Flanged j o i n t s sha l l be 300 lb c lass .

The above l l s t ed mater ia ls do not preclude the use of other mater ia ls which would sa t i s f y the requirements of 1-10.2.2.

A-1-10.6 System Flow Calcu lat ions. The f low of n i t rogen-pressur ized Halon 1301 has been demonstrated to be a two-phase phenomenon; that is , the f l u i d in the p ip ing consists of a mixture of l i qu i d and vapor. In past ed i t ions of th is standard, an e f f o r t was made to de ta i l a por t ion of a complex ca lcu la t lon method which is used to determine p ipe l ine pressures, densi t ies and other design f ac to r s . Unfor tunate ly , a11 the factors necessary fo r th is very complex ca]cu]at ion were not l i s t e d . For example, the formulas that address heat t rans fer between the agent and the pip ing network were not inc]uded nor were the adjustments fo r the f low of agent through a tee. Hany of the necessary f i na l adjustments to the ca lcu la t ions are p rop r ie ta ry . Without th is data, and much more, no f low ca lcu ]a t ion for unbalanced systems can be precise enough.

The tables, graphs and ca lcu la t lons used in th is section are provided to demonstrate the basis on which many ca]cu la t lon methods are founded. This in format ion is not adequate and must not be considered as complete enough fo r design purposes. 0nly those ca lcu la t ion methods that are l i s t e d should be used fo r design purposes.

250

®

\

20 40 60 80 ioo EQUIVALENT LENGTHINFEET

For SI Units: 1 f t = 0.3048 m; ] psi = 0.068 9 5 b a r .

Figure A-1-10.6 Comparison of Lest da ta 'w i th calculated pressure drop using two-phase f]ow equation (see 1-10.6.5).

F r i c t i on losses occur as the l l q u i d Halon 1301 flows through the p ipe l ine to the discharge o r i f i c e . Allowance must be made fo r the equlva lent lengths of the container va lve, dip tube, and f l e x l b l e connectors, se lector valves, time delays, and other i ns ta l l ed equipment through which the agent must f low. Equlvalent lengths for these components must be obtained from the approval labora tory l i s t l n g s for the tnd iv ldual components. Equivalent lengths of common pipe f i t t i n g s and values are given in Tables A-1-10.6(a) and A-1-10.6(b).

Table A-1-10.6(a) Equivalent Length in Feet of Threaded Pipe F i t t i ngs

Schedule 40 Steel Pipe

Elbow 9 ~ U ~ o n ~ p e Long R ~ . C ~ p l i n g Siz~ Elbow Elbow & Tee Tee or

in. SM. 45 ° SM. 9 ~ T h ~ F l o w Side Gem Valve

% 0.6 1,3 0.8 2.7 0:3 0.8 1.7 ' 1.0 3.4 0.4 1.0 2,2 1.4 4,5 0.5

I 1.3 2.8 1.8 5.7 0.6 1¼ 1.7 3.7 2.3 7.5 0.8 l ~ 2.0 4.3 2.7 8.7 0.9 2 2.6 5.5 3.5 11.2 1.2 2 ~ 3.1 6.6 4.1 13.4 1.4 3 3.8 8.2 5.1 16.6 1.8 4 5.0 10.7 6.7 21.8 2.4 5 6.3 13.4 8.4 27,4 3.0 6 7.6 16.2 10.1 32,8 3.5

Table A-1-10.6(b) Equivalent Length in Feet of Welded Pipe F i t t i ngs

Schedule 40 Steel Ptpe

Elbow 90 ° Pipe Long Rad. Size, Elbow Elbow & Tee Tee Gate in. Std. 45 ° Std. 90 ° Thru Flow Side Valve

0.2 0.7 0.5 1.6 0.3 0.3 0.8 0,7 2.1 0.4

sA 0.4 1.1 0.9 2.8 0.5 I 0.5 1.4 I.I 3.5 0.6 1¼ 0.i 1.8 1.5 4.6 0.8 I Vi 0,8 2.1 1,7 5.4 0.9 2 1.0 2.8 2.2 6.9 1.2 2 ~ 1.2 3.3 2.7 8.2 1.4 3 1.5 4.1 3.3 10.2 1.8 4 2.0 5.4 4.4 13.4 2.4 5 2.5 6.7 5.5 16.8 3.0 6 3.0 8.1 6.6 20.2 3.5

164

Changes in elevation are accounted f'or by the followlng equation: '" ." ' ...

~1' : p x A E I .

1.14

~here:

~P = Pressure drop, .ps i . , . p = Pipel ine denslty of agent at point of elevat ion

change, l~/cu f t . . • ' AFL= Net change in 'elevat~on'w~thin the p i N n g .

section, increase (+) and decrease ( - ) .

A-1;10.6,3 F low shoul d beca lcu la ted on the basis of an average container pressure during discharge, taking into account the or lg ina l pressur izat ion leve l , storage f i l l i n g density, and percent in p~p~ng for 700 F (21°C) storage temperature as shown in F~gure A- l -10.6.3(d) .

NOTE: The.calculat i0n method described in th~s standard is based on 70°F (21°C). - For unbalanced systems, i f the agent storage temBerature ~s expected to vary by m o r e than .10°F

• 5.5uc) from th is temperature, the actual agent .. quantlty discharged from each nozz]e may vary. .significantly. from the calculated agent dlstribut~on;

The percent of agent in piping is defined by the following equation and should not exceed80 percent of the.charged weight.

Percent in P!ping : -

'~here: -= Summation Of (Vp) (p )va lues for a l l "

, p~pellne sections. Vp =' In terna l volume of each section of piping

( c u f t ) - . = Average p ipel ine density of agent for each p .~ section of p~plng ( lbs/cu f t )

..= Initial charge weight of Halon 1301 ( lbs ) . NOTE: Interna] volume f igures for steel pipe and tubing are given in Tables A-1-10.6.4(a) and, A-1-10.6.4(b).

Flow calculat ions should be based On average pressure condit ions ex is t ing in the system when hal f of the agent has been discharged from the nozzles. ~The average pressure in the storage container i s determined on the bas~s of the.pressure recession in the storage container and' the e f fec t Of percent of agent in the piping, durlng dlscharge. The calculated pressure recession for b0th 600 and 360 psig storage is p lot ted on Figures A-1-10.6.3(a) and A- l -10.6 .3(b) , respect ively • .

The rate of pressure recession in the storage container depends on the i n i t i a l f i l l i n g dens'ity as i l l us t ra ted ,~n Figures A-1-10.63(a) and A- l -10.6 .3(b) ; I f the p ipe l lne has:hegl i~ ibte volume comparedto the quant i ty of agent to be d~scharged, the average container pressure fo r pre'ssure.drop calculat ions would be the point in the recession curve where 50 percent of the charge has been expelled from the container. In many s~stems th is w i l l not be the case because a.substant ia l port ion of. the charge w i l l reside in the piping during discharge, reducing the average container pressure during actual discharge from the nozzle.

Figure A-1-I0.6.3(c) i l l u s t r a t e s the condit ion where 20 percent of the agen¢ supply by ~elght resides in the p ip ing 'dur lng discharge. The average storage pressure for f low ca lcu la t lon for the 600 psig system with i n i t l a ] f i l l i n g density of 70 lb/cu f t is reduced from a maximum of 403 psig to 355 pslg. Proceeding in th is way, the average container pressure for f low cal;culatlon is a log ica l function of the percent Of agent in "the piping as given in Figure A- l -10.6 .3(d) . Several factors combine to a l low a simple extrapolat ion

165

of . the average storage container pressure versus percent of agent in the piping curves up t o a calculated 80 percent of the supply ~n the,p~peline.

6 0 0 :

~___ 50 4oo i ~ 6o

| i ,0 ~

t ! I INITIAL FILL DENSITY ' " ~J - IN LIBS./CU. FT.

,oo } . • CALCULATED P M E I S U R E

l Ir c I r8810N ..

! FOR I O O - - - ~ - 1

o 0 20 40 6 0 SO " " IO0

PERCENT OUTAGE " (Rercent of Charged Weighl Having •Left Ctmtalmllr)

Figure A- l -10.6.3(a) Calculated pressure recession for 600 pslg storage.

~n4oo o. I

¢¢

~1 '

• ~ o

- - E . o o~ L,OU,D " ~ ~ ...._ . LJNE|

- - GAI.CULATi[D P l l 1 8 8 U l [ R E C E 8 8 1 0 N

FOR s,~O PSIG STORAGE

, I I I O0 20 40 60 . ~ . ' ~ '

PERCENT OUTAGE, (Plraeat of Charged Weight Having Le f t Container)

Figure A-1-10-6.3(b) Calculated pressure recession for 360 ps igs to rage .

1 t i F f PERCENT IN PIPELINE

I T

400

3OO

200

100

0 O 20 40 60 ' 80 ' 100

PERCENT OUTAGE

(Percent of Charged Weight Having Left Container)

z 8

<

) z

'Figure A:1-10.6.3(c) Percent Outage.,

AVERAGE STORAGE CYLINDE R PRESSURE V$

PERCENT OF THE AGENT SUPPLY NEEDED TO FiLL THE PIPELINE

(3

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

PERCENT OF AGENT TO FILL PIPELINE

Figure A-1 -10 .6 .3 (d ) Percent o f Agent to F i l l P i pe l l ne .

A-1-10 .6 .4 The q u a n t i t y o f agent in the p ip ing system dur ing d ischarge is a f unc t i on o f the actua l volume o f the p ip ing t imes the average dens i t y o f the agent. The average dens i t y cannot be accu ra te l y determined u n t i l a f t e r the termina l pressure has been ca l cu la ted . The problem does not have a d i r e c t s o l u t i o n ; however, the f o l l o w i n g equat ion may be used to est imate the percent in p ip ing For c a l c u l a t i n g purposes. This i s based on the p r o b a b i l i t y tha t the termina l pressure w i l l be near the minimum permi t ted .

KI % in Pip ing = (W/Vp) + K~

Where:

W = I n l t i a l charge weight o f Halon 1301. l b .

Vp = I n t e r n a l pipe volume, c u f t .

K 1 and K 2 = Constants from Table A-1-10.6 .4 .

An a l t e r n a t i v e s o l u t i o n o f the percent in p ip ing a f t e r termina l pressures have been ca lcu la ted is to use the equat ion g iven in 1-10.6 .4 . Average dens i t y values can be obta ined from Figure A -1 -10 .6 .4 (a ) f o r the 600 pslg systems and from Figure A-1 -10 .6 .4 (b ) f o r the 360 ps ig systems.

For p ip ing systems, pressure drop should be ca lcu la ted by means o f the two-phase equat ion given below or by any o the r method approved by the a u t h o r i t y having j u r i s d i c t i o n .

1.013DS 2sy

Q= = L + 8.08D"2sZ

Where Q = Flow ra te , ]bs/second 0 = I n s i d e pipe d iameter , in . L = Equ lva lent length o f p ipe, f t

Y & Z = Factors depending on dens i t y and pressure

In no case should the nozz le pressure be lower t h a n the l l s t e d pressure.

NOTE: This f l ow equat ion conta ins a f r i c t i o n f a c t o r based on commercial s tee l p ipe.

Tab]e A-1-10 .6 .4 Constants to Determine Percent o f Agent in Pip ing

Storage I~ig Filling Denfity K~ Kt 600 70 7180 46 600 60 7250 40 600 50 7320 34 600 40 7390 28

360 70 6730 52 360 60 6770 46 360 50 6810 40 360 40 6850 34

Table A - l - l O . 6 . 4 ( a ) I n te rna l Volume o f Steel Plpe Cubic Feet per Foot o f Length

Schedule 80 Nominal Pipe Schedule 40 Inside

Diameter Inside Diameter Diameter in. in. fts/ft in. fP/ft

¼ 0.364 0.0007 0.302 0.0005 0.493 0.0013 0.423 0.0010

½ 0,622 0.0021 0.546 0.0016 sA 0.824 ~ 0.0037 0.742 0.0030

1 1.049 0.0060 0.957 0.0050 ! ¼ 1.380 0.0104 1.278 0.0089 1~ 1.610 0.0141 1.500 0.0123 2 2.067 0.0233 1.939 0.0205 2 ~ 2.469 0.0332 2.323 0.0294 3 3.068 0.0513 2.900 0.0459 3 ~ 3.548 0.0687 3,364 0,0617

. 4 4.026 0.0884 3.826 0.0798

Table A-1 -10 .6 .4 (b ) I n t e r n a l Volume o f Copper Tubing

Actual Inside Internal Volume Size Type D i m e t e r ; i n c h e s fP/ft

¼ M ~ - - L 0.315 0.0005 K 0.305 0.0005

% M 0.450 . 0.0011 L 0.430 0.0010 K 0.402 0.0009 M 0.569 0.0018 L 0.545 0.0016 K 0.527 0.0015

sA M 0,81 i 0.0037 L 0.785 0.0034 K 0.745 0.0030

I M 1.055 0.0061" L 1.025 0.0057 K 0.995 0.0054

1 ¼ M 1.291 0.0091 L 1.265 0.0087 K 1.245 0.0085

1 ½ M 1.527 0:0127 L 1.505 0.0124 K 1.481 0.0120

2 M 2.009 0.0220 L 1.985 0.0215 K 1.959 0.0209

21A M 2.495 0.0340 L 2.465 0.033 I K 2.435 0.0323

3 M 2.981 0.0485 L 2.945 0.0473 K 2.907 0.0461

3 ~ M 3.459 0.0653 L 3.425 0.0640 K 3.385 0.0625

4 M 3.935 0.0845 L 3.905 0.0832 K 3.857 0.0811

166

/ / / /

!'l o

I

I ! 1 1,:] ] I

• 0 ISO | ~ | ~ iO0 mO ~ 0 460 WO . PIPELINE F U n g i IN ~

Figure A- l - lO .6 .4 (a ) Pipel ine densi ty for 600 pslg systems based on constant

enthalpy expansion.

" I

i

z( F " (

'° I

J

le ~:/T !

, i

i

1 C I~ ~ 0 140 I ~ I ~ 200 U O m o ~ i ~ ~

P I ~ L ~ [ I P I ~ I ~ R [ IN ~ (G

Figure A- l -10 .6 .4(b) Pipel ine densi ty fo r 360 psig systems based oil constant

enthalpy expansion.

A-1-10.6.5 Sample Calcu la t ion. An 80-1b supply of agent is to be discharged in 10 seconds through the p ip ing system shown in Figure A-1-10.6.5. The agent storage container is pressurized to 360 pstg and has a f i l l i n g densi ty of 70 lb/cu f t .

Figure A-1-10.6.5 Calculated Solut ion.

The two-phase f low equation as given in A-1-10.6.4 becomes spec i f ic fo r Halon 1301 when the Y and Z factors are based on the proper pressure and densi ty values using the fo l low ing equations:

Y = - ]'[,pdP

p' Z = l n - -

P

Where: I ] = Storage pressure, psla

= Pipeline pressure, psia Pl = Denslt~ at pressure P, lbs/cu f t In Natural logarithm d = I.D. of pipe, in.

A dlrect solution of the flow equation for pressure is not possible; however, the equation can be r@arranged to solve for Y, which is related to pressure.

Y2 = Y1 + (LQ2/A) + B(Z2 - Z1 )Q2

Where: Y1 = Y factor at start of section " Yp = Y factor at end of section z~ = Z factor at start of section ~2 = Z factor at end of section

= 1.013 D5t 25 B = + 7.97/D 4 L = Equivalent length of section, f t Q = Flow rate, lbs/sec

NOTE: A and B factors are for steel pipe.

The Y and Z factors depend on both storage pressure and f i l l i n g density; therefore, separate tables are required for each storage condition. Tables A-1-lO.6.S(a), (b), (c), and (d) are for the 600 pslg systems with f i l l i n g densities of 70, 60, 50 and 40 lb/cu f t . Tables A-i- lO.6.5(e), i f ) , (g) and (h) are for the 360 psig systems with the same f i l l i n g densi t ies .

Two-Phase Solut ion

Start End Section Pipe L EQL Elevat ion Rate Psig Pslg

1-2 1" Sch. 40 27' 58' 7' 8 243 197 2-3 314" Sch. 40 15' 19' O' 4 197 181 2-4 3/4" Sch. 40 15' lg' O' 4 197 181

( I ) Calculate A and B. For l- inch pipe, A - 1.302 and B = 6,59 For 3/4-1nch pipe, A = 0.3666 and B = 17.3. (2) Determine Piping Volume. Using Table

A-1-lO.6.4(a). (3) Estimate Percent in Piping. Use the equation

given in A-1-10.6.4.

% in Piping = 6730 = 19.5% (80/0.273) + 52

(4) Determine Average Container Pressure During Discharge. Using Figure A~ l - lO.6 .3(d) , based on the estimated 19.5 percent in p ip ing the average storage container pressure in 243 pslg.

(5) Elevat ion Correct ion. Before ca lcu la t ing pressure drop due to f r i c t i o n , the pressure change due to e levat ion in Section 1-2must be calculated. The re la t ionsh ip in A-1-10.6 is used:

AP = p__X AEL 144

The e levat ion change (EL) is 7 f t , The densi ty (P) of the Halon ]301 at the 243 pslg s ta r t i ng pressure of the sect ion is found to be 83 lb/cu f t in Figure A- ] - ]O.6 .4(b) on the 70 lb/cu f t f i l l densi ty curve. The pressure loss due to the 7 f t increase in e levat ion is :

P = 83 X 7 = 4 psi ]44

167

New s t a r t ps lg = 243 - 4 = 239 :

(6) Determine Y1 and Z 1 from Tab le A - l - l O - 6 . 5 ( e ) . For a s t a r t i n g p ressu re 'o f 239 psig:

Y1 = 2819 ,: Z 1 = 0.173"

(7) Determine Y2 from Equat ion. •

Y2 = 28~9 + 58(8 )2 /1 .302 + 6 .59 . (Z 2 - 0 .173) (8) ~

The Z term i s s m a l l a n d m a y be neglected f o r i n l t l a l s o l u t l o n .

Y2 5670"

i8) Determine Terminal Pressure.

The termina l pressure of Sect ion 1-2 is 200 psi~ from Table A - l - l O . 6 . S ( e ) . At t h i s po in t the Z f a c t o r is about 0 .475 ' . .Us ing t h i s va lue f o r Z2,. the l a s t term of the equat ion becomes 127.

Then Y2 = 5670+ 127 = 5797

The f i n a l Lermlnal pressure of Sect ion 1-2 i s then between 198 and 197 ps ig . U s e 197 ps lg .

(9) Sect ion 2-3. For" the next sec t ion : Y 2 = 57~7 + 19(4)~/0.366 + 17.3 (Z2 -

0 .475) (4) L Y2 = 6628

Termina l pressure = 182 ps lg Z 2 = 0.652 Y2 = 6628 + 17.3 ( .652 - .452)(4) 2 Y2 = 6628 + 46 = 6674

Termlnal pressure is between 182 and 181 psig. Use 181 ps lg .

Table A-1-10.6 .5 Preca lcu la ted A and B Factors f o r Steel Pipe

Pipe Size Schedule 40 Schedule 80 Nomlnal A B A B

318 0.02472 135 0.01106 249 112 0.08375 53.3 0.04225 89.7 314 0.0366 17.3 0.2115 26.3

1 1.302 6.59 0.8043 9.51 1 I/4 5.495 2.20 3.672 2.99 1 1 /2 12.34 •1.19 8.513 1.58

2 45.83 0.437 32,76 0.564 2 1 / 2 115.3 0.216 84.6 0,274 3 364.4 0.090 "271.1 0.113

4 1518 0.0304 1162 0.0372 5 4972 0.0123 3875 0.0149 6 •13050 0.00589 9969 0.00724

The s o l u t i o n would then be r e i t e r a t e d u n t i l reasonable agreement between the est imated percent in the plpe and the f l n a l ca lcu la ted quan t i t y is obta ined. Such r e i t e r a t i o n i s , hdwever, t ime consuming and sub ject to numerical e r r o r when manual ca l cu l a t i on means are used. For t h i s reason the two-phase method is normal ly used w i th a programmed computer.

In unbalanced syste~ns i t is impor tant to use the proper o r i f i c e s ize a t each nozzle to g ive the desired f low ra te a t the ca lcu la ted ~ermtnal pressure. This is based on the f low c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f i n d l v l d u a l nozzles as prov ided in the manufacturers ' design manual.

168

Yable A-1-10.6.5(a) Halon 1301 at 600 psJ9 and 70 lbs/cu f t Y and Z Factors

P$1G Z 0 ! 2 3 4 5

400 .006 290 194 97 0 0 0 390 .028 1243 1149 1054 960 865 769

$80 .051 2176 2084 1991 1898 1806 1712 $70 .076 3086 2996 2906 2816 2725 2634

6

0 674

1619 2543

7

0 578

1525 2451

8

0 482

1432 2360

360 .102 3974 3886 3798 3710 3622 3533 3444 3355 3266 350 .129 4838 4753 4667 4581 4495 4409 4323 4236 4149

340 .159 5678 5595 5512 5428 5345 5261 5177 5093 5008 $$0 .191 0492 6412 6331 6251 6169 6088 6007 5925 5843

320 310

.224

.260

9

0 386

1338 2268

3176 4062

4923 5760

7281 7203 7125 7047 6968 6890 6811 6731 6652 6572 8042 7967 7892 7816 7741 7665 7588" 7512 7435 7358.

$00 .298 8776 8704 8631 8559 8486 8413 8339 8265 8191 290 .339 9482 9412 9343 9273 9203 9132 9062 8991 8919

8117 '8848

280 .382 10158 10092 10025 9958 9891 9823 9756 9688 9619 9551 270 .429 10805 10741 10678 10814 10550 10485 10420 10355 10290 10224

260 .478 11421 11361 11300 11239 11178 11117 11055 10993 10930 10868 250 .531 12007 11950 11892 11834 11776 11718 11659 11600 11541 11481

240 .588 12561 12507 12453 12398 12343 12288 12232 12176 12120 12064 250 .649 13084 13033 12982 12930 12878 12826 12774 12721 12668 12615

220 .713 13575 13527 13479 13431 13382 13333 13284 13234 13184 13134 210 .782 14034 .13990 13945 13900 13854 13808 13762 13716 13669 13622

200 .855 14462 14421 14379 14337 14295 14252 14209 14166 14122 14078 190 .934 14859 14820 14782 14743 14704 14664 14624 14584 14544 14503

180 i.017 15225 15190 15154 15118 15082 15046 15009 14972 14934 14897 170 i.105 15561 15528 15496 15463 15430 15396 15363 15329 15294 15260

160 1.198 15868 15838 15809 15779 15748 15718 15687 15656 15624 15593 !50 !.297 16146 16120 16093 16066 16038 16010 15982 15954 15926 15897

140 1.402 16398 16374 16350 16325 16301 16276 16250 16225 16199 16173 150 i.513 16624 16603 16581 16559 16537 16514 16491 16469 16445 16422

120 1.631 16826 16807 16787 16768 16748 16728 16708 16687 16666 16645 110 1.755 17004 16987 16970 16953 16935 16918 16900 16882 16863 16845

i00 1.888 17161 17147 17132 17116 17101 17085 17070 17054 17037 17021 90" 2.029 17298 17286 17273 17259 17246 17232 17219 17205 17190 17176

80 2.181 17417 17406 17395 17383 17372 17360 17348 17336 17324 • 17311 70 2.347 17518 17509 17499 17489 17479 17469 17459 17449 17438 17428

60 2.530 17603 17595 17587 17579 17571 17562 17554 17545 17536 17527

169

Tab]e A-1-10.6.S(b) Halon 1301 at 600 pslg and 60 ]bs/cu f t Y and Z Factors

PSIG

420 410

4OO 39O

Z

.019

.039

.060

.083

0

956 1893

2811 3709

!

861 1800

2720 3620

2 $ 4 5 8 7 8 9

766 671 575 480 384 289 193 96 1707 1614 1520 1426 1333 1239 1144 1050

2629 2537 2446 2354 2262 2170 2078 1985 3531 3442 3352 3262 3172 3082 2992 2901

380 .106 4587 4500 4413 4325 4238 4150 4062 3974 370 .132 5443 5358 5273 5188 5103 5017 4932 4846

360 .158 6277 6195 6112 6029 5946 5863 5779 5696 350 .187 7089 7009 6929 6848 6767 6686 6605 6523

540 .217 7877 7800 7722 7643 7565 7486 7407 7328 $$0 .249 8642 8566 8491 8415 8339 8263 8186 8109

3886 3798 4760 4673

5612 5527 6442 6360

7249 716§ 8032 7955

320 .283 9381 9308 9235 9162 9088 9014 8940 8866 8791 8717 310 .319 10095 10025 9954 9883 9812 9741 9670 9598 9526 9454

300 .358 10783 10715 10647 10579 10511 10442 10373 10304 10235 1,0165 290 .399 11444 11379 11314 11248 11183 11117 11050 10984 10917 10850

280 .442 12077 12015 11953 11890 11827 11764 11701 11637 11573 11508 270 .489 12683 12624 12564 12504 12444 12384 12323 12262 12201 12139

260 .538 13261 13204 13148 13090 13033 12976 12918 12859 12801 12742 250 .591 13809 13756 13702 13648 13593 13539 13484 13428 13373 13317

240 .647 14329 14278 14227 14176 14125 14073 14021 13968 13916 13863 Z$O .707 14820 14772 14724 14675 14627 14578 14529 14479 14430 14379

2~0 .770 15281 15236 15191 15145 15100 15054 15008 14961 14914 14867 210 .838 15713 15671 15629 15586 f5543 15500 15457 15413 15369 15325

200 .909 16116 16077 16037 15998 15958 15918 15877 15837 15796 15754 190 .985 16490 16454 16417 16381 16344 16306 16269 16231 16193 16154

180 1.066 16836 16802 16769 16735 16701 16666 16632 16597 16561 16526 170 1.152 17154 17123 17093 17061 17030 16998 16966 16934 16902 16869

160 1.243 17445 17418 17389 17361 17332 17303 17274 17244 17214 17184 150 1.339 17711 17685 17660 17634 17608 17581 17555 17528 17501 17473

140 1.441 17951 17928 17905 17882 17858 17834 17810 17786 17761 17736 130 1.549 18168 18147 18126 18105 18084 18062 18041 18019 17996 17974

120 1.664 18361 18343 18324 18306 18287 18267 18248 18228 18208 18188 i10 1.785 18534 18517 18501 18484 18467 18450 18433 18415 18398 18380

100 i.914 18686 18671 18657 18642 18627 18612 18597 18581 18566 18550 90 2.052 18818 18806 18793 18781 18767 18754 18741 18727 18714 18700

80 2.201 18934 18923 18912 18901 18890 18878 18867 18855 18843 18831 70 2.363 : 19032 19023 19014 19004 18995 18985 18975 18965 18955 18944

60 2.543 19116 19108 19100 19092 19084 19076 19068 19059 19050 19041

170

PSIG Z

450 .012 440 .030

430 .049 420 .068

410 .089 400 .111

390 .134 380 .158

370 .184 360 .212

350 .24 I 340 .272

330 .304 320' " .339

310 . .375 $00 .414

290 .455 280 .499

270 .546 260 .595

250 .647 240 .703

230 .762 ,220 .825

210 .892 200 .962

190 1,037 180 I . I I7

270 1.201 260 1.290

250 1.384 240 1.484

230 i . 589 220 i .701

220 1.820 200 1.947

90 2.083 80 2.229

70 2.385 60 2.555

0

667 1607

2529 3434

4321 5189

6038 6867

7675 8462

9227 9970

10689 11385

12056 12702

13324 13919

14488 15031

15546 16035

16496 16930

17337 17716

18069 18396

18698 18974

19226 19455

19662 19847

20012 20158

20286 20397

20493 .20574

Table A-1-10.6.5(c) Halon 1301 at 600 psJg and 50 lbs/cu f t Y and Z Factors

1

573 1513

2437 3344

4233 5103

5954 6785

7595 8384

9151 9896

10618 11316

11990 12639

13263 13861

14432 14978

15496 1591;7

16451 16888

i 7297 17680

18035 ! 8365

i8669 189,17

19202 194:;3

19642 198:29

19996 20144

202'74 20387

20484 20567

2 3

478 382 1420 1327

2346 2254 3254 3164

4145 4056 5017 4930

5870 5785 6702 6620

7515 7435 8306 8228

9076 9000 9823 9749

10547 10476 11247 11178

11924 11855 12575 . 12511

13201 13140 13802 13743

14376 14320 14924 14871

15445 15394 15939 15891

16406 16360 16845 16802

17257 17217 17642 17605

18001 17966 18333 18301

18639 18610 18921 18894

19178 19153 19411 19389

19622 19602 19811

19981 19965 20130 20116

20262 20376

20475 20466 20559 20551

4 5 6

287 192 ~96 1233 1139 1045

2162 2070 i978 3074 2984 2893

7

0 951

1885 2802

3968 3879 3791 3702 4844 4757 4670 4583

5701 5616 5531 5446 6538 6455 6372 6289

7354 7273 7192 7111 8150 8071 7992 7913

8924 '8847 8771 8694 9675 9601 9527 9452

10404 10332 10260 10188 11109 11040 10970 10900

11790 11723 11656 11589 12447 12382 12318 12252

12954 13565

13078 ' 13016 13684 13625

14264 14207 14150 14817 14763 14708

15343 15292 15240 15842 15794 15745

16315 16269 16222 16759 16716 16673

17177 17137 17096 17568 17530 17492

17931 17896 17861 18269 18236 18203

18520 18811

18580 . 18550 18866 18839

19128 19103 19078 19366 19343 19320

19540 19738

19582 19561 19793 19775 19757

19948 19932 19915 20102 20087 20073

20211 20333

20249 20237 20224 20366. 20355 20344

20457 20447 20437 20543 20535 20527

12891

8 9

0 0 857 762

1792 1700 2711 2620

3613 3523 4496 4408

5360 5275 6205 6122

7030 6948 7834 7755

8617 8539 9377 9302

10115 10043 . 10830 •10760

11521 11453 12187 12122

12829 12766 13505 1 3 4 4 5 13384

14092 14035 13977 14654 14599 14544

15188 15136 15083 15696 15646 15596

16176 16129 16082 16629 16585 16540

17055 17013 "16972 17453 17415 17376

17825 17789 17753 18170 18137 18103

18489 18459 18428 18783 18755 18726

19052 19026 19000 19297 19274 19250

19519 19498 19477 19719 1 9 7 0 0 19681

19898 19881 19864 20058 20043 20027

20198 20185 20172 20321 20310 20298

20428 20418 20408 20519 20510 20502

171 •

Table A-1-10.6.5(d) Halon 1301 at 600 psig and 40 lbs/cu f t Y and Z Factors

PSIG Z 0 I 2 $ 4 S

480 .008 475 380 285 190 95 0 470 .024 1414 1321 1227 1134 1040 946

460 .041 2337 2246 2154 2062 1970 1878 450 .058 3245 3155 3065 2975 2884 2793

440 .076 4137 4049 3960 3871 3782 3693 430 .096 5012 4926 4839 4752 4664 4577

420 .116 5871 5785 5700 56i5 5529 5444 410 .137 6711 6628 6544 '6461 6377 6293.

400 .160 7533 7452 7370 7288 7206 7124 390 .184 8336 8257 8177 8097 8017 7937

SSO .2O9 9120 9O42 8965 8887 8809 8730 370 .236 9883 9808 9732 9656 9580 9504

360 .264 10627 10553 19480 10406 10332 10258 350 .293 11348 11277 11206 11134 11062 10990

340 .325 12049 11980 11910 11841 11771 11701 330 .358 12727 12660 12593 12526 12458 12391

320 .393 13382 13318 13253 13188 13123 13057 310 .430 14014 13952 13890 13827 13764 13701

$O0 .469 14623 14563 14503 14443 14382 14321 290 .511 15207 15150 1509'2 15034 14976 14918

280 .555 15767 15712 15657 15601 15546 15490 270 .602 16302 16250 16197 16144 16091 16038

260 .651 16812 16762 16712 16662 16611 16560 250 .704 17296 17249 17202 17154 17106 17057

240 .759 17756 17711 17666 17621 17575 17529 230 .818 18189 18147 18105 18062 18019 17976

220 .880 18597 18558 18518 18478 18437 18397 210 .946 18980 18943 18906 18868 18830 18792

200 1.016 19338 19303 19268 19233 19198 19162 190 1.090 19671' 19639 19806 19574 19541 19508

180 1.168 19979 19950 19920 19889 19859 19828 • 170 1.251 20264 20237 20209 20181 20153 20125

160 1.339 2 0 5 2 6 " 20500 20475 20449 20424 20398 150 1.431 20764 20742 20718 20695 20672 20648

140 1.529 20982 20961 20940 20919 20897. 20876 130 1.633 21178 21159 21140 2 1 1 2 1 21102 21082

120 1.744 21354 21338 21321 21304 21286 21269 I10 1.861 21512 21497 21482 21467 21451 21435

IO0 1.986 21651 21638 21625 2 1 6 1 1 21598 21584 90 2.120 21774 21763 21751 21739 21727 21715

80 2.264 21881 21871 21861 21850 21840 21829 70 2.420 21973 21964 21955 21947 21938 21929

60 2.591 22051 22044 22036 22029 22021 22013

6

0 852

1785 2702

3604 4489

5358 6209

7042 7856

8652 9428

10183 10918

11631 12323

12992 13638

14260 14859

15434 15984

16509 17009

17483 17932

18356 18754

19126 19474

19797 20O96

2037 i 20624

20854 21063

21251 21420

21570 21702

21819 21919

22OO6

7

0 758

1692 2611

3515 4402

5272 6125

6959 7776

8573 9351

10109 10845

11561 12254

12926 13574

14199 14800

15378 15930

16458 16960

17437 17888

18314 18715

19090 19440

19766 20067

20345 2O6O0

20832 21043

21233 21404

21556 21690

21808 21910

21998

8

0 664

1600 2520

3425 4314

5185 6O40

6877 7695

8494 9274

10034 10773

11490 12186

12860 13510

14138 14741

15321 15876

16406 16911

17390 17844

18273 18676

19054 19407

19735 20038

20318 20575

20810 21023

21215 21387

21541 21677

21797 21900

21989

9

0 570

1507 2429

3335 4225

5099 5955

6794 7614

8415 9197

9959 10700

!i419 12118

12793 13446

14076 14682

15264 15821

16354 16861

17344 17800

18231 18637

io0i7 19372

19703 20009

20291 20550

20787 21002

21197 21371

21527 21664

21785 21891

21981

172

Table A - 1 - 1 0 . 6 . 5 ( e ) Halon .1301 a t 360 P S t 9 a n d 70 l bs / cu f t Y and'Z Fac tors

I~'IG Z 0

260 .050 982 250 .105 1874

240 .166 2735' 2652 2567 230 .233 3543 . $465 3386

:~20 .307 . 4297 ' 4,224 4150 210 .387 4994 4927" 4859

200 .475 5635 5573 551 ! 190 .570 6220 6164 6107

180 .673 6750 (~699 6648 170 .783 7227 7181 7135

160 .899 7652 76 i 2 7571 • 150 1.021 8030 7'994 7958

140 I. 149 8364 130 1.282 8656

120 1.422 8912 l lO 1•567 9135

! 2 5 4 $ 6

868 773 678 585 4 8 7 ' 391 1785 '1696 '" 1606 1515~ 1424 1333

2485 2397 2511 2225 3307 3227~ 3146 3065

4076 4002 3927 3851 4791 4722 4652 4582

5449 5385 5322" 5257 6050 5993 5935 5876

6597 6544 0492 6439 7 0 8 9 . 7042 6995 6947

7530 7488 7446 7403 7922 7885 7847 7809

8332 8300 • 8268 8235" 8202 8169 8629 8601 8573 8544 8515 8486

8888 8864 8839 8814 8789 • 8763 9113 9092 9070 9049 9027 9004

100 1.719 9324 90 1.879 9488

9306 9288 9~472 9457

80 2,047 9826 9614 9800 70 2.225 9745 - 9732 ' 9721

60 2.417 . 9840 9,831 . 9822

9270 9251 9232 9213 9441 9425 9409 9395

9587 9574 9560 9546 9710 9699 '9687 9676

9813 9804 9794 9784

.7 8 9

294 196 98 1241 1148 1055

2138 2051 1963 2984 2 9 0 1 . "2819

3775 3698 '3621 4512 4441 4369 "

5192 5127 5061 5816 5757 5696

6385 6330 • 6275 6898 6849 6800

7359 • 7316 727i 7771,. 7732 769"2

8135 8100 8066 8456 8425 8395

8737 871.0 8684 8982 8959 8955

9194 9174 . 9154 9376 9359 9542

9532 9517 9503 , 9604 965! o639

9774 9764 "9754

Tab le A - 1 - 1 0 . 6 . S ( f ) Halon 1301 a t 360 ps ig and 60 l b s / c u f t Y and Factors

PSIG Z 0 1 2 3 4 280 .004 98. 0 0 - " 0 0 270 .051 1056 962". "l,868 774 678

260 .102 1969 1880' "1790 , 1700- 1609 230 .158 2834 " 2750 2665 2579 2494

240 .219 3650 3571 3491 3410 3330 230 •286 4415 4341 4266 4"!91 4115

220 •360 5129 5060 4990 4920 4850 210 .440 5789 5726 '5662 5597 5552

200 .527 6397 6339 ~, 6280" 6 2 2 0 6160 ' 190 .621 6952 ., 6899 6845 6791 6736

i 8 0 . 7 2 2 ' 7456 ,7408 ; 7 5 5 9 731'0 7260 170 .829 7910 - 7866 7823 7778 7734

160 .942 8 3 i 6 150 1,062 8678

140 1~187 8998 ISO 1.318 9280

120. 1.455 9527 !10 1.598 9741

100 1.748' 9926

8278. 8259 8199 8159 8644 8609 8574' 8 5 3 8

8968 8957 8906 9254. "9227 9199

9503 ' 9 4 8 0 9456 9721 9 7 0 0 9680

9909 9891 '9873

5 0

583

1518 2407

3248 4039

8. ' 7 8 9 0 0 0 0

487 390 293 196

1427 i335 '1242 1150 2321 2233 2146 2057

3166 5084 5001 2918 3962 3885 3807 3 7 2 9

4779 4707 4635 4562 4489 5466 5399 5333 " 5265 5197

6100 6039 5977 5915 5853 6681 6625 6569 6512 6455

7210 7160 7108 7057 7005 7689 "7643 7597 7550 7503-

8119 8078 8056 7995" 7952 8503 8466 8429 ~ 8592 8354

8875 •8843 " 8811 " 8 7 7 8 8745 8712 9172 9144 9115 9087 9058 9028

9432 9408 9383 9358 9332 9306 9659 " 9638 9616 9594 9572 9~549

9855 9837 9818 9799 . 9780 9761 90 1.905 10085 10070 10055 10040 10024 10009 9993 9976 9960 9943

80 2 .071 10220 ,J0207 ' 10195 (0182 10169 10155 10142 10128 10114 10099 70 2.248 10334 10323 10513 10302 10291 10279 10268 10256 10244 10232

60 2.437 10429 10420 .. 1'0411 10402 10393 . . 10384 10374 10364 10354 10544'

1 . 7 3

Table A-1-10.6.S(g) Halon 1301 at 360 psJg and 50 lbs/cu f t Y and Z Factors

PSIG Z 0 i 2 $ 4 5

290 .008 195 98 0 0 0 0 280 .051 !148 1055 961 867 772 677

270 .098 2059 1970 1880 1790 1700 1609 260 .150 2926 2841 2756 2670 2584 2498

250 .206 3747 3667 3586 3505 3424 3342 240 .268 4521 4446 4370 4294 4217 4140

230 .335 5247 5177 5106 5035 4963 4890 220 .408 5925 5859 5793 5727 5660 5592

210 .487 6552 6491 6430 6369 6307 6244 200 .573 7129 7074 7018 6981 6904 6847

190 .666 7658 7607' 7556 7504 7452 7400 180 .764 8138 8092 8046 7999 7952 7904

170 .870 8572 8530 8489 8446 8404 8361 150 .981 8961 8924 8887 8849 8810 8772

150 1.097 9308 9275 9242 9208 9174 9140 140 1.220 9817 9587 9558 9528 9498 9467

150 i.348 9889 9863 .9837 9811 9784 9757 120 i.482 10127 10105 10082 10059 10036 10012

110 1.623 10335 10316 10296 10276 10255 10235 100 1.770 10515 10498 10481 10464 10446 10428

90 1.926 10670 10656 10641 10626 10611 10596 80 2.090 10802 10790 10777 10765 10752 10739

70 2.264 10913 10903 10893 10882 10871 10860 50 2.454 11006 10998 10989 10980 10971 10962

5

0 581

1518 2411

3260 4062

4818 5524

6181 6789

7347 7856

8317 8733

9105 9436

9730 9988

10214 19410

10580 10725

10849 10953

7

0 485

1426 2324

3177 3984

4744 5456

6118 6730

7293 7807

8273 8693

9069 9405

9702 9963

10193 10392

10564 I0712

10837 10943

8

0 389

1334 2236

3094 3906

4670 5387

6054 6671

7239 7758

8228 8653

9034 9373

9874 9939

10171 10373

10548 10698

10826 10933

9

0 292

1241 2148

3010 3827

4596 5317

5989 6612

7184 7708

8183 8613

8998 934 I

9645 9914

10149 10354

10532 10684

10814 10923

174

Table A- l -10.6 .6(h) Halon 1301 at 360 psJg and 40 lbs/cu f t Y and Z Factors

PSIG Z 0 I~ 2 S 4 5 $00 .011 292 195 98 0 0 0 290 .051 1239 1146 1053 959 865 770

280 .094 2149 2060 1970. 1880 1790 1699 270 .142 3017 2932 2847 2761 2675 2588

260 .194 3843 3763 3682 3600 3518 3436 250 .251 4626 4550 4473 4396 4318 4240

240 .313 5363 5292 5219 5147 5074 5000 2S0 .380 6055 5988 5920 5852 5784 5715

220 .453 6700 6637 6574 6511 6447 8383 210 .532 7297 7240 7182 7123 7064 7004

200 .616 7848 7795 7742 7688 7634 7579 190 .707 8353 8304 8256 8206 8156 8106

180 .805 8812 8768 8724 8679 8634 8588 170 .908 9228 9188 9148 9107 9066 9025

160 i.016 9601 9566 9530 9493 9457 9420 150 1-.131 9936 9994 9872 9839 9807 9773

140 1.251 10233 10205 10176 10148 10118 10089 I$0 1.377 10496 10471 10446 10421 10395 10369

120 1.508 10727 10705 10683 10661 10638 10615 i10 1.646 10929 10910 10891 10872 10852 10832

I00 1.792 11105 11088 11072 11055 11038 11020 90 L945 11256 112~2 11227 11213 11198 11183

80 2.107 11385 11373 11361 11348 11336 11323 70 2.280 11494 11484 11474 11463 11453 11442

60 2.465 11586 11577 11569 11560 11551 11542

6 0

675

1608 2501

3353 4162

4926 5646

6318 6944

7523 8056

8542 8983

9382 9740

10059 10342

10592 1.0811

11003 11168

11310 11431

11533

7 0

580

1516 2414

3270 4083

4852 5576

6253 6884

7468 8004

8495 8941

9344 9706

10029 10315

10569 10791

10985 11153

I 1297 11420

I 1523

8 0

484

1425 2326

3186 4003

4777 5505

6188 6823

741 I 7953

8448 8899

9306 9671

9998 10288

i0545 10770

10966 11137

i 1283 11408

11514

9 0

388

1332 2237

3102 3924

4702 5435

6121 6762

7355 7901

8401 8856

9267 9637

9967 10261

10521 10749

10948 11121

11270 11397

11504

175

A-1-10.6.7 The discharge nozzle is the device that u l t ima te l y de l i ve rs the agent to the hazard area. I t s funct ion is two- fo ld : (1) i t d i s t r i bu tes the agent in an optimum manner in the hazard, and (2) i t contro ls the system discharge rates. The maximum nozzle f low rate is con t ro l led by the f low that the feed pipe can d e l i v e r . - T h e maximum p ipe l ine f l ow rate can oe t h e o r e t i c a l l y ca lcu lated by means of the two-phase equation given in 1-10.6.6. . Figure A- l - lO.6 .7shows the calculated maximum open-end pipe spec i f ic f low rate versus t o ta l terminal pressure. The general shape of the curve is also charac te r i s t i c of nozzle f l~w curves.

Since the f low rate discharged from a nozzle or pipe depends on the energy ava i l ab le , the terminal pressure must be considered to consist of two parts: (1) the • s ta t ic .pressure (the quant i ty calculated by the p ipe l ine pressure drop) and (2) the v e l o c i t y head energy.

Both q u a n t i t i e s can cont r ibute to the energy ava i lab le to discharge the agent from the nozzle. The" v e l o c l t y head in psi can be calculated from the fo l lowing equation:

velocity head 3.63 ,X Qt p D +

Where: Q is the nozzle f low rate in lbs / /sec p is the densiEy in lbs/cu f t at the

Terminal s t a t i c pressure D is the feed pipe diameter in in .

z

+ 0

.~00 P$1G STORAGe

I STORAGE

+

m - - - j

/,///

l/'//" •

f I THEORETICAL MAXIMUM PIPELINE FLOW DENSITIES VS TERMINAL PRE$-~JRI~S - - - -

" I

Figure A-1-10.6.7

A-1-10.6.8 For proper system f l ow-ca l cu la t i on and performance, i t ts necessary that a homogenous mixture

o f the l i qu i d and vapor phasesbe present during equ i l ib r ium p ipe l l ne f low. In other words, h igh ly turbulent f low is required in the p ipe l ine to prevent separation of the l i q u i d and vapor phases. Turbulent f lo~ is genera l ly a t ta ined when p ipe l lne f low rates exceed the minimum f low rates given in Table A-1-10.6.8.

Table A-1-10.6.8 Htntmum, Destgn Flow Rates to Achieve

Turbulent P ipe l ine Flow

Nominal P ip e Diameter

In.

¼

Y, 1

l¼

2

2~ S 4

Schedule40 : Minimum Flow Rate

Lb/Sec

0.20 0.34 0.68

• 1.O . 2.0

S.4 5.8 8~4

13 19.5 33 .+

' 58

95 127

Sche~lule 80 Minimum F l o w R a t e

Lb/Sec

0.11 0.24

•, 0.48 0.79 1.9 9.8 4.8

7 . 5 13 17

'26 48

81 109

For SI Units: 1 lb/sec = 0.454 kg/s.

A-1-11.1 Inspec t ion .

The en t i re f i r e ext ingu ish ing system should be completeley inspected at leas t annual ly. Hore frequent general i nspec t i onsa re recommended. Regular service contracts wi th the manufacturer or i n s t a l l i n g company are recommended. , .

In the annual inspect ion, p a r t l c u l a r at tent ion. 'should be given to the:

1. Detection and Actuat ion System.

2. Agent Supply.

3. Piping and Nozzles.

4. A u x i l i a r y Equipment.

1. Detection and Actuat ion system.

(a) The detectors should be checked (and cleaned i f necessary) to assure that they are free of foreign substances.

(b) I f the detect ion system is supervised, the supervisory features should be checked to determine that the detect ion system is in sa t i s fac to ry condttton~ The methods and procedures fo r th is inspect ion should be in accordance wi th the manufacturer's recon~nendations.

/

(c) Automatic actuat ing Controls should be removed from the containers equipped wi th such controls ( " p i l o t cy l inders" ) and a tes t made Of the detect ion system by int roducing a s imu la ted , f i re condi t ion at one or more detectors (heat, smoke, e tc . , as app l icab le) . The actuat ing cont ro lsmust move to the "d ischarged" pos i t ion .

(d) A l l manual operat ing devices (pu l l .boxes, manual e l e c t r l c switches, e tc . ) should be operated with the actuat ing control removed from the supply containers equipped with Such contro ls ( " p i l o t c y l i n d e r s " ) . The actuat ing control must move to the "discharged" pos i t ion . . .

(e') A l l actuat ing con t ro l sshou ld be reset and re ins ta l l ed a f t e r tes t ing .

2. Contai'ners.

(a) Containers should be examined fo r evidence of corrosion or mechanical damage.

176

(b) Container bracket ing, supports, e tc . , should be checked to determine that t h e i r condi t ion is s a t i s f a c t o r y .

3. Piping and Nozz]es.

(a) Piping should be examined fo r any evidence of corrosion.

(b) Pipe hangers and straps shou]d be examined to see that the p ip ing is securely supported.

(c) Nozz]es should be checked to determine that the o r i f i c e s are c lear and unobstructed.

(d) Where nozz]e sea]s are provided, they should be checked for signs of de te r i o ra t i on and rep]aced i f

necessary.

(e) Nozzles should be checked for proper pos i t ion and a]ignment.

4. Aux i l l a r y Equipment.

(a) AI] a u x i l i a r y and Supplementary components such as switches, door and window re]eases, interconnected valves, damper re]eases, supplementary alarms, e tc . , should be manual]y operated (where possib]e) to ensure that they are in proper operat ing condi t ion.

(b) A]] devices should be returned to normal "standby" condi t ion a f t e r tes t ing .

A-2-1 Genera] Informat ion on Total Floodln~ Systems. From a performance v iewpoint , a t o ta l "f]oodlng system is designed to develop a concentrat ion of Ha]on 1301 that w i l l ext inguish f i r es in combustible mater la ls ]ocated. ln an enclosed space. I t must also maintain an e f f ec t i ve concentrat ion un t i l the maximum temperature has been reduced below the r e i g n i t l o n po in t .

The concentrat ion of Halon 1301 required w i l ] depend on the type of combustible mater ia l invo]ved. This has been determined fo r many surface-type f i r es , p a r t i c u l a r l y those invo lv ing ] iqu lds and gases. For deep-seated f i r es , the c r i t i c a l concentrat ion required fo r extinguishment is less d e f i n i t e and has, in general, been establ ished by p rac t i ca l test work.

I t is important that an e f f ec t i ve agent concentrat ion not on]y be achieved but that i t be maintained fo r a " su f f i c i en t period of time to a l low e f f ec t i ve emergency act ion by t ra ined personnel. This is equal ]y important in a l ] classes of f i r es since a pers is tent i g n i t i o n source (e .g . , an arc, heat source, oxyacetylene torch, or "deep-seated" f i r e ) can ]ead to a recurrence of the i n i t i a l event once the agent has d iss ipated. Halon 1301 ext ingulsh in~ systems normally provide protect ion fo r a period of minutes but are except iona l ly e f f ec t i ve fo r cer ta in app l ica t ions . Water supplies for standard spr lnk ]ers , on the other hand, are normal]y designed to provide protect ion fo r an extended period of t ime. The designer, buyer, and emergency force in pa r t i cu ]a r need to c losely review the advantages and ] im i t a t i ons of ava l ]ab]e systems as appl ied to the spec i f ic s i t ua t i on at hand, the ~esidual r isks being assumed, and the proper emergency procedures.

A-2-1.1.2 The discharge of minimum ext inguish ing concentrat ion of Halon 1301 in to enclosures contain ing operat ing diesel engines not drawing combustion a i r from outside the space creates a special problem." Experience has shown the engine w i l l continue to operate resu] t ing in a decrease in agent concentrat ion and extensive decomposition of the Halon.

A-2-1.1.3 fo r the purposes of th is standard, a normally occupied area is defined as an area intended fo r occupancy. Spaces occaslonal ly v i s i t e d by personnel, such as transformer bays, switch-houses, pump rooms, vau l ts , engine tes t stands, records centers, magnetic tape storage areas, cab]e t rays and tunnels, microwave re lay s ta t ions , f]ammab]e l i qu i d storage areas, enclosed energy systems, e t c . , are examp]es of areas considered not norma]ly occupied.

A~2-2.2.3 The design of t o ta l f lood ing Halon 1301 systems only beneath the raised f l o o r of EDP f a c t l l t l e s when the occupied space above the raised f l oo r is not s i m i l a r l y protected by a to ta l f lood ing Ha]on 1301 system does not meet the in ten t of th is standard. Such a design does not comply with the d e f i n i t i o n of a to ta l f looding system or with th is chapter.

A-2-3 Halon 1301 Requirements fo r Surface Fires. Two basic types of extinguishment data have been obtained fo r Halon 1301:

(1) Flame extinguishment data, which determine the agent concentrat ion necessary to ext inguish a flame of a pa r t i cu l a r fue l .

(2) Ine r t lng data, which determine the minimum premixed agent concentrat ion to suppress propagation of a f ]ame f ron t at the " f lemmabi l i t y peak," or s to ich lometr lc f u e l / a l r composition.

Flame extinguishment data genera l ly re la te closest to the concentrat ion ac tua l l y required in a f i r e ext inguish ing system. The tes t recommended for these m~asurements is the cup burner method s im i la r to that described in References (1) , (S), and (6) (see B -1 -5 ) . . Liquid fuels are examined at two temperatures:

(1) Ambient: 25°C, or approxlmately S°C above ASTH open-cup f lash point of the fue l , whichever is higher, and

(2) Elevated: approximately 5°C be]ow the bo i l i ng point of the fue l , or 200°C, whichever is lower.

Gaseous fue]s are examined at two temperatures, 25°C and 150°C.. A 20 percent safety fac tor is added to experlmenta] threshold concentrat ions. Design concentrat ions less than 5 percent Halon 1301 are not used fo r flame extinguishment. Heasured flame extinguishment data plus safety fac tor that are less than 5 percent should be increased to a 5 percent minimum because the po ten t ia l array of fuels ] i k e ] y to be involved in every real f i r e requires the higher concentrat ion.

The cup burner tes t method has been shown to compare well wi th other tes t methods and wi th tests at la rger sca]e. Data produced by the cup burner is somewhat more conservat ive than that of tests using conventlona] to ta l f lood lng techniques. (See B-1-5.)

In i ne r t i ng measurements, a f u e l / a i r mixture is contained in a tes t chamber, and an i g n i t i o n source is ac t iva ted . I f the mixture cannot support a flame f ron t , the mixture is considered to be nonf]armnab]e.

~ pica] resul ts may be p]ot ted as shown in Figure 2~(a). The normal f lemmabl ] i ty range that ex is ts when no

agent is present is shown at the le f t -hand side of the graph. As Halon 1301 is added to the system, the f lammabi l i ty range is reduced un t i l i t f i n a l l y disappears e n t l r e l y . The agent concentrat ion at which th is occurs is cal]ed the " f lammabi l i t y peak" concentrat ion. A1] f u e l / a i r mixtures containing concentrat ions of agent equal to or greater than the f ]ammabi l i ty peak value are nonflammable, hence the term " i n e r t . "

The resul ts in Table 2-3.2.1 were measured using a spherical vessel described in Reference (3) (see B-1-5).

The choice between using the flame ext inguish ing concentrat ion or the i ne r t i ng concentrat ion fo r a given fuel depends on (1) the v o l a t i l l t y charac te r ls t l cs of the fue l , (2) the quant i ty of fuel present, and (3) the condi t ions of use in the hazard. Applying Halon 1301 at the flame extinguishment concentrat ion to actual f i r es w i l l e f f e c t i v e l y ext inguish the f i r e wi thout sac r i f i c i ng the r e l i a b i l i t y of the system. I t is desi rable to use th is lower concentrat ion when possible because of the fo l lowing advantages:

1 7 7 o

(I) The cost of the system wil l be correspondingly lower.

(2) The concentration to which personnel wi l l be (inadvertently) exposed wi l l be lower.

The danger in supplying this lower concentration is that, at some time after extinguishment, a flammable concentration of fuel, air, and agent could possibly be attained through release or vaporization of additional fuel. This is more l ike ly with highly volat i le l iquid fuels, gaseous fuels, or fuels heated to near their flash point, than i t is with high flash point liquids or Solid fuels. In addition, strat i f icat ion of the evolved fuel vapOrs, the size and possible duration of the f i re, and other materials that may become heated or involved in the f i re must be taken into account. I f the vo la t i l i t y of the fuel can be shown to be sufficently low, and the detection-plus-extingulshment time is short enough to prevent the vo la t i l i t y of the fuel from reaching i ts flash point as a result of the f i re, the use of flame extinguishment data is adequate.

In addition, the extinguishing concentration may be used i f the amount of fuel present in the hazard is too low to permit attainment of the lower flammable l imi t of the fuel. The minimum fuel quant i ty required to achieve the lower exploslve l imi t is as follows:

Fuel quantity, Ibs per 100 c u f t enclosed (LFL)(I~/)(l.37) volume = T + 460

LFL = lower flammable l lml t of fuel in air , % (vol) MW = molecular weight of fuel T temperature, UF

For SI Units

Fuel quantity kg/m 3 = (LFLl(MW)(4.75) K

K = kelvin = °C + 273.15

To account for possible s t r a t i f i c a t i o n effects that might create local ized explosive pockets, the fuel quanti ty as determined above should be divided by an appropriate safety factor . Table A-2-3.2.1 l i s t s quant i t ies for several fuels, to which an a rb i t ra ry safety factor of 2 has been applied. Greater safety factors may be required by indiv idual s i tuat ions.

18

16

i .

2

0

AT 25°C TEMPERATURE I I il I I I I l I 2 ~ 6 8 I0 12 I/4 16 18 20

VOLUME PEI~E]qT HALON

Figure A-2-3(a) Typical f lammabil lty-peak presentation.

Table A-2-3.2.1 Quantity of Fuel Required to Achieve 1/2 of Lower

Explosive Limit in A i r at 1.0 arm. and 70°F (21°C)

Fuel Quantity, Ibs per cu f t

Material enclosed volume kg/m=

n-Butane .0014 O.O224 lsobutane .0016 0.0256 Carbon disulfide .00099 0.0159 Carbon monoxide .0045 0.072 I Ethane .0012 0.O 192 Ethyl alcohol .0018 (J.0288 Ethylene .0020 0,0320 n-Heptane .0016 0.0256 Hydrogen .0001 i 0.0018 Methane .00 i 1 0.0176 Propane .0013 0.0256

Table A-2-3.2.2 Development of Halon 1301 Design Concentrations

for Flame Extinguishment

Concentration in Air in Volume Percent Safety

Fuel Average* Factor Total Design*** Ref**

Acetone 3.3 +0.7 =4.0 5.0 (5)(6)(7) Benzene 3.3 +0.7 =4.0 5.0 (5)(6)(7) Ethanol 3.8 +0.8 =4.6 5.0 (5)(6)(7) Ethylene 6,8 + 1.4 =8.2 8.2 (5)(6)(7) Methane 3.1 +0.7 =3.8 5.0 (5)(6)(7) n-Heptane 4. I +0,8 =4.9 5.0 (5)(6)(7) Propane 4.3 +0.9 =5.2 5.2 (5)(6)(7)

*Average of values reported in references measured at elevated temperature condit ions. **For references, see Appendix B-1-5. ***Measured ext inguishing concentration plus safety factor are increased to a minimum 5% for design concentrations.

A-2-4 Fires in Solid Hater la ls. Two types of f i res can occur in so l ld fuels: one, in which v o l a t i l e gases resul t lng from heating or decomposition of the fuel surface are the source of combustion; and another, in which oxidat ion occurs at the surface of, or within, the mass of fuel . The former is commonly referred to

.as "f laming" combustion, while the l a t t e r is often cal led "smolderlng" or "glowing" combustion. The two types of f i res frequently occur concurrently, although one type of burning may precede the other. For example, a wood f i r e may s tar t as flaming combustion, and become smoldering as burning progresses. Conversely, spontaneous ign i t ion in a p i le of o i l y rags may begin as a smoldering f i r e , and break into flames at some la te r point. Flaming combustion, because i t occurs in the vapor phase, is promptly extinguished with low levels of Halon 1301. In the absence of smoldering combustion, i t w i l l stay out.

Smoldering combustion is not subject to immediate extinguishment as is flaming combustion. Character ist ic of th is type of combustion is the slow rate of heat losses from the reaction zone. Thus, the fuel remains hot enough to react with oxygen, even though the rate of reaction, which is control led by d i f fus ion processes, is extremely slow. Smoldering f i res can continue to burn for many weeks, for example, in bales of cotton and ju te , and within heaps of sawdust. A smoldering f i r e ceases to burn only when e i ther a11 of the avai lab le oxygen or fuel has been consumed, or when the fuel surface is at too low a temperature to react. These f i res are usually extinguished by reducing the fuel temperature, e i ther d i r ec t l y by appl icat ion of a heat absorbing medium, such as water, or by blanketing with an iner t gas. The

178

inert gas slows the reaction rate to the point where heat generated by oxidation is less than heat losses to surroundings. This causes the temperature to fa l l below the level necessary for spontaneous ignit ion after removal of the inert atmosphere.

For the purposes of this standard, smoldering f ires are divided' into two classes: (I) where the smoldering is not "deep seated," and (2) deep-seated f i res. The difference is only a matter of degree, and the distinction is a functional one: i f a 5 percent concentration of Halon ]301 wi l l not extinguish i t within 10 minutes of application, i t is considered to be deep seated. In practice, experiments have shown a rather sharp dividing l ine between Lhe two. Deep-seated f ires usually require much higher concentrations than 10 percent and much longer soaking times than 10 minutes.

Whether a f i re wi l l become deep seated depends, in part, on the length o f t lme i t has been burning before application of the extinguishing agent. This time is usually called the "preburn" time. Underwriters Laboratories' wood crib f ires (IA) and stacks of wood pallets have been readily extinguished with less than 5 percent Halon 1301 maintained for less than lO minutes following discharge. In these tests, a 10-mlnute preburn was allowed. Charcoal, the ultimate product of a wood f i re , required over 30 minutes for complete extinguishment in a 5 percent Halon 1301 concentration. In charcoal f i res, higher agent concentrations were found to reduce the soaking times. At a 10 percent concentration, a 20-mlnute soaking time was required, and at 20 percent, the soaking time was reduced below 15 minutes.

Another important variable is the fuel configuration. While wood cribs and pallets are easily extinguished with 5 percent Halon 1301, vert ical wood panels closely spaced and parallel require about 25 percent concentrations for 30 to 40 minutes for extinguishment. Fires in boxes of excelsior and in piles of shredded paper also required about 20 percent Halon 1301 for extinguishment. In these situations, heat tends to be retained in the fuel array rather than being dissipated to the surroundings. Radiation is an important mechanism for heat removaL] from smoldering f i res.

Experiments with a similar agent, Halon ]211, have shown that the rat io of the burning surfacearea to the enclosure volume can affect the concentration-soaking time requirements for some deep-seated f i res. Low area/volume ratios required higher age6t concentrations and longer soaking times than higher ratios did. In other words, small f i res in large enclosures were more d i f f i cu l t to extinguish than the cuntrary situation. This suggested that oxygen depletion is important in tile extinguishment of-deep-seated f i res.

To date, no firm basis has been developed to predict the agent requirements for a deep-seated f i re . In a practical sense, however, the use of a Halon 1301 system for control or extinguishment of a deep-seated f i re is usually unattractive. Long soaking times are usually d i f f i cu l t to maintain without an extended agent discharge, and at high agent concentrations these systems become rather expensive. The use of Halon 1301 systems wi l l generally be limited to solid combustibles that do not become deep seated.

The deep-seated potential of a solid material in a given situation can be established posit ively only by experiment. The information given in this standard may assist the authority having jur isdict ion in deciding whether such experimentation is necessary.

A-2-5.2 To~al Flooding Quantity. The volume of Helon 1301 required to develop a given concentration wi l l be greater than the' f inal volume remaining in tile enclosure. In most cases, Halon 1301 must be applied in a manl}er that promotes progressive mixing of the atmosphere. As Halon 1301 is injected, the displaced atmosphere is exhausted freely from the enclosure through small openings or through special vents. Some Halon 1301 is therefore lost with the vented atmosphere, and the higher the concentration, the greater the loss of Halon.

For the purposes of this standard, i t is assumed that the Halon 1301/air mixture lost in this manner contains the f inal design concentration of Halon 1301. This represents the worst case from a theoretical standpoint, and provides a bu i l t - in safety factor to compensate for non-ideal discharge arrangements.

A-2-5.3 Leakage of Halon" 1301 Through Enclosure Openings.. Halon 1301 discharged into an enclosure for total flooding wi l l result in an air/agent mixture that has a higher specific gravity than the a i r surrounding the enclosure. Therefore, any opening in the walls of the enclosure wi l l allow the heavier air/agent mixture t o flow out of the enclosure, being replaced with l ighter outside a i r flowing into the enclosure through the same opening. The rate at which agent is lost through openings wi l l depend on the height and width of the opening, the location of the opening in the wall, and the concentration of agent in the enclosure.

'Fresh a i r entering the enclosure wi l l collect toward the top, forming an interface between the alr/agent mixture and fresh ai r . As leakage proceeds, the interface wi l l move toward the bottom of the opening. The space below the interface wi l l contain essentially the original extinguishing concentration of agent, whereas the upper space wi l l be completely unprotected. The rate at which the interface moves downward increases as concentrations of agent increase, so that simply injecting an overdose of agent i n l t i a l ] y wi l l not provide an extended period of protection.

Effects of Alt i tude. At elevations above sea level, Halon 1301 vapor expands to a greater specific volume because of the reduced atmospheric pressure. A system designed for sea-level conditions wi l l therefore develop an actual higher concentration at elevations above sea level. For example, a system designed to produce a 6 percent Halon 1301 concentration at sea level would actually produce an 8.7 percent concentration i f installed at ]D,OOO f t (3000 m) elevation. This concentration would be higher than recommended for normally occupied areas and with egress times longer than one minute. (See 2-1.1.3 and 2 - I . l . 4 . )

In order to correct for this effect, the quantity indicated at sea-level conditions should be reduced for instal lat ions at higher elevations of alt i tude above sea level. Correction factors are given in Table A-2-5.3.

For elevations substantially below sea level, the effect is the opposite of that described above. For those instances, the reciprocal of the appropriate correction factor in Table A-2-5.3 should be used:

Table A-2-5.3 Correction Factors for Altitude

Aldtude Correction Factor

Feet Me~rs (See No~s) 3000 914 0.90 4000 1219 0.86 5000 1524 0.83 6000 1829 0.80 7000 2134 0.77 8000 24S8 0.74 9000 2743 0.71

10000 3048 0.69 llO00 3353 0.66 12000 3658 0.64 13000 3962 0.61 140O0 4267 0.59 15000 4572 0.56

Note ]: Multiply correction factor by sea level design quantity of Halon 1301 to obtain correct quantity at a given al t i tude.

No~e 2: Divide speciflc volume, S, determined at sea level by correction factor to obtain correct specific volume, S, at a given al t i tude.

179

A-2-6.2 Rate of App l lca t lon . The minimum rates establ lshed are considered adequate for the usual surface or deep-seaLed f i r e . However, where the spread of f i r e may be fas te r than normal fo r the type of f i r e , or where high values or v l t a l machinery or equipment are involved, rates higher than the minimums may, and in many cases should, be used. Where a hazard contains mater ia l that w i l l produce both surface and deep-seaLed f i r es , the rate of app l i ca t ion should be at least the minimum required for surface f i r es . Having selected a rate su i tab le to the hazard, the tables and informat ion that fo l low in the standard shal l be used, or such special engineering as is required sha11 be carr ied out, to obtain the proper comblnat~on of container releases, supply p ip ing, and o r i f i c e sizes that w i l l produce th ls desired ra te .

A-2-6.5.2 Of p a r t i c u l a r concern in maintain in~ the i n t e g r i t y of the enclosure is prevent ing the l i f t i n g of ce i l i ng t i l e s . For a given type of nozzle, se lect ion of the appropr iate nozzle discharge rate is c r i t i c a l to reducing the po ten t la l of damage due to discharging agent. Careful considerat ion of ce i l i ng type and construct ion, nozzle discharge charac te r i s t i cs , and i n s t a l l a t i o n methods is necessary. Haximum f low rates should be based on manufacturer's recommendations.

A-3-1 GeneraT Informat ion on Local Appl icat lon Systems. A local app l i ca t ion Halon 1301 system is designed to apply the agent d i r e c t l y to a f i r e that may occur in an area or space that has no immediate enclosure surrounding i t . Such systems must be designed to d e l i v e r Halon 1301 tO the hazard being protected in such a manner that the agent w i l l cover a l l burning surfaces during the discharge of the system.

The f low rate and discharge times w i l l depend on the type of fuel involved, the nature of the hazard, and the locat ion and spacing of the Halon 1301 nozzles.

The important factors to be considered in the design of a local app l i ca t ion system are the rate of agent f low, the distance and area l l m i t a t l o n s of the nozzles, the quant i ty of Ha]on 1301 required, and the agent d i s t r i b u t i o n system. The steps necessary to design the system are as fo l lows:

(a) Determine the area of the hazard to be protected u t i l i z i n g a scaled layout drawing depic t ing a l l dimensions and not ing al1 l i m i t a t i o n s r e l a t i v e to the placement of nozzles. The l i m i t s of the hazard should be defined to include a l l combustibles w i th in the immediate area. Careful considerat ion should be given to obstruct ions that may be in or near the hazard area.

(b) Based on the conf igura t ion of the hazard, lay out the nozzles to cover the hazard w i th in the l lm l t a t i ons shown in the nozzle l i s t i n g s . Based on the spacing or area coverage, determine the Halon 1301 f low rate range w i th in which each nozzle must discharge to achieve extinguishment. These parameters w i l l be

~ resented in l i s t i n g in format ion in a tabu lar form or y curves s lm i l a r to those shown in Figures 3-2.3.3,

A-3-1(a), and A-3-1(b) .

(c) Select a nozzle deslgn rate and discharge Lime fo r the system wi th in the parameters of 3-3.2.3.

(d) Locate the agent storage conta lner (s ) , lay out the pip ing, and select the appropr iate pipe and nozzle sizes to produce the required rates of Ha]on 1301 f low.

do d m d l d.3

Nozzle distance from hazard (d)

Figure A-3-1(a) Typical distance ra te / r e l a t i onsh lp fo r overhead l o c a l app l i ca t lon nozzles (splash curve

appl ies to flammable l l qu lds in depth on ly ) . 180

3

B Z

u

! <

/ / f

"o do d: d: d3

No:zle dis~nce from haza'd {01

Figure A-3-1(b) Typlcal d istance/area coverage re la t lonsh ip fo r overhead local app l i ca t ion nozzles.

r2 I

I • --k

eO 8| 42 e$

Figure A-3-1(c) Typical ra te /area coverage re la t ionsh ip fo r tankstde nozzles (splash curve

appl ies to flammable l i qu ids in depth on ly ) .

A-3-3 Halon 1301 Requirements. The agent requirements fo r a Halon 1301 local app l i ca t ion system do not lend themselves to quan t i f i ab le genera l i za t ion . The ef fect iveness of a local app l i ca t ion system ts heavt ly inf luenced by the design of the de l l ve ry hardware, espec ia l l y the nozzles. Since each nozzle design has i t own performance p e c u l i a r i t i e s wi th respect to f low rate and area coverage at var ious distances from the

i rotected surface, i t is essent ia l that nozzles used or th ls app l i ca t ion be l lm i ted to those that have been

tested and have had t h e i r performance parameters l i s t ed by a tes t ing labora to ry . I t is f e l t that some nozzle charac te r i s t i cs , such as discharge ve l oc l t y , discharge turbulence, drop le t size formation, and the companion rate of vapor iza t ion inf luence the ef fect iveness of a given nozzle as much as mass f low rate and area coverage. Unt i l these charac te r is t i cs are completely understood and found to be reproducible and pred lc tab le , only those nozzles that have been tested w i th in the performance requirements of the ant ic ipated app l i ca t ion should be used.

However, in recent experimentat ion wi th Halon 1211 local app l i ca t ion systems, a re la t ionsh lp was found between the agent rate densi ty [(Qm/A where A is the surface area of the hazard (see 3-3 .2 .3 ) ] and the extinguishment t ime. The tes t ing was performed with nozzles located in such a manner to provide proper area coverage and no fuel splashing in tes t ing conducted in accordance wi th the provis ions of UL Standard 711, i I Class l f l ca t l on , Rating and Fire Testing of Class A, B and C Fire Ext inguishers and fo r Class D Extinguishers or Agents fo r Use on Combustible Hetals" . This minimum ext ingu ish ing dens i ty , determined on square pans up to 15 sq f t in area, has been found to r~nge from 0.06 lb per second per sq f t [ (0.29 kg/sec)/m =] for 7-second extinguishment t~me to 0.22 lb per second per sq f t [ (1.08 kg/sec)/m ~] fo r 1.S-second extinguishment time.

A-3-3.1.3 When the l i q u l d Halon 1301 flows through the p ipe l i ne , a cer ta in amount of the agent w i l l be vaporized i f the p ip ing is at a higher temperature than the agent. Since the agent discharge is usual ly under 10 seconds and the heat t rans fe r is essen t i a l l y due to conduction, the amount of agent vaporized in the pip ing

• • /

- . W =

o ,

• . ' ,

i s usua i l y qu i t e smal l . To . ca l cu la te t h i s amount, and accord ing ly the amount o f the agent increase necessary t o compensate for. 'this effect, the F o l l o w i n g relationship is used:

2~kL (~ - ~.i (T) 3600h (In r, JrO

where: - W = Amount of agent, lncrease necessary to

compensate f~r vaporizaton in the piping, • , . podnds (kg). . " .

k Thermal condgctivlty of Ehe.p'ipi.ng,. Btu-ft/hr-ft~-oF(w/m.K).

L, =•,Linear length of the piping, feet (m). , , tfl, = Temperature of-the.pipe','°F (°C)• ." " a = Temperatureof the agent, OF (°C)L "

.= System discharge time, seconds. . . , h = Heat of vaporization of the agen{ at ta;

:~. • Btu / lb (kJ /kg) . ,.. In . = , N a t u r a l logari.thm• .: ro . = Outside rad ius o f the p l pe , . i nches (mm) .

" r i ~ Ins ide . radius of. the p ipe, .inches (mm); 3600 = Seconds/hour •

Due to the very shor t d ischarge times f o r the Halon 130] systems, i t can be assumed tha t the temperature o f

t h e ~ p l p e and the temperature o f the agent remain constant throughout the d ischarge. The temperature o f the agent For t h i s c a l c u l a t i o n w i l l be i.ts temperature

..in the s torage con ta ine r before t i le dis.charge is ' . in i , t iated. . The temperature'of thep ip ing wi l l normally, be the ambient temperature in the area where the pipi.ng- is•located.. Table A-3-3.1..3 l i s t s the:latent heat of vaporization (h') for Halon 1301 at various temperatures.

'. , Table A-3-3•1:3 .' 'Latent Heat of vapor.izatio n For Halon 1301

Te~nperature Light Heat (h) Temperature Latent'Heat (h) =F B T U ~ K °C k J ~ g 3 2 4 1 . 0 0 .95.4 " 4 0 . " " 3 9 . 9 " 5 9 2 . 5 5 0 38.5." 1(1 . ' 8 9 . 6 6 0 37 .1 15 • 8 6 . 6

• 7 0 3 5 . 5 2 0 8 3 . 3 : 8 0 3 3 . 8 2 5 . 7 9 . 8 9 0 . 3 1 . 9 3 0 7 6 . 0

1 0 0 2 9 . 8 3 5 • 7 1 . 8 1 1 0 2 7 . 5 ~ ) 6 9 . 2 1 2 0 2 4 . 7 4 5 ', 6 2 . 1 , 1 3 0 2 1 . 5 " 5 0 " 5 6 . 2

"? ' 5 5 4 9 . 2

.. . Appendix B 'Enclosure Integrltyprocedure -,

B-I Procedure Fundamentals.

B-I . I Scope..

B-I~I.I This procedure outlines a method to equate enclosure leakage as determined by a door fan test procedure to worst case halon leakage. The calculatioq= method provided makes i t possible to predict the leyel of the descending interface, of the halon/air mixture with respect to time. .. ' "

B-I'.I.2 Enclosure in tegr i ty testing is not intende~ to ver i fy other aspectsof Halon,1301 system r e l i a b i l i t y ; i . e . , hardware operabi l i ty , agent mixing, hydraulic calculationsand piping in tegr i ty .

B-1.I.3 This procedure is l imited to door' fan. technology• Th l s i s not intended to preclude alternative technology'such as acoustic sensors.

B-1.2 Limitations and Assumptions.

' . . .

. . " . . .

181

should be consideredr

, • , . . . ,

B-I.,2.1 Halon System •Enclosure.' The fol lowing-should. ' ' be considered regarding the halon system and the

. enclosure: .. '" ; . .t " " . .

B- I .2 . i . I .Halon System Design..'This tes~-procedure only concerns halon total flooding f iresuppressibn

. systems using Halon'1301 and designed, instal-led and . maintained in.accordance with.NFPA 12A,Standard. on . • Halpn-1301 Fire ExtinguishingSystems. . " .

- B-1.2~1.2.:Enclosure Construction',. HalOn 1'301 • protected enclosures,' absent,of any contalnlng.barriers above the' false cei l lng, are notwi l th in the scope of this do'cument• . . : .

',, BLI.2.•1.3 Halon Concentration.' Speci~l consi"~eration should be giVeK.to Halon 1301 .systems wi~h "' "" concehtrations.greater, than 10%.where the.conc~rn .. exists that high concentrations may result in " s ighl f lcanto~er-pressuresfro ~ the discharge •event in,

,an enclosure with minimal leakage. ' . , : .

B-I.2.1.4 EnclosureHeight. Special considera.ti,on • should be given to high enclosukes where the:stat lc '

• ;pressure.due to the Halon1301column is higher than the:pressure possible to attain by.means of the. door fan. ..

B-I.IZ.I.5 Static Pressures•. Where-"at a l i possible, .s ta t ic pressure d i f ferent ia ls (HVAC system, elevator

: .connections,-etc.) across.-the, enclosure envel.ope.shouid . .be minimi.zed. .' " " : .. . , . '

B-~.2.2 Dour'Fan Measurements;i Thefol ld~ing should ." " be considered regardlngthe door fan and i ts associated. ,

measurements: . , ' .

B-I-2.2.1 Door Fan Standards:. :Gqidance' regarding fan " . . . press'urization apparatus design •, maintenance and:. operation, is prov.ided'by,ASTM E779-81, Standard Test ' Method for Determining Air Leakage. Ra~e by Fan. Pressurization and CAN/CGSB-149.10-M86, Determinat'ion .'

o f the Airtightness of Building Envelopes by the Fan ' : .Depressurlzation Method.

B-I-2,2.2 Attached Volumes.,• Therecan.,be no • signifi,cant.attached volumes outside £he known"•• enclosu?e envelope that wi l l allow detrimental Halon" • leakage that would not be measured by the dour'fan. Such an attached volume would be signi f icant i f i t is. ~ absent of any •leakage except "into the'designenVe!ope" -. and is large enough to.adversely affect the design , , . .

. concentration. '

B-I-2.2.3 Return Path.. All s.ignificant leaks must have, an Unrestrlcted.return path to the door f a n . . .

B-I.2.2.4 Leak Location. The d i f f icu l ty . . in determining the specific leak location on the enclosure

• envelope boundaries using the'door fan is accounted fqrl . by assuming halon leakage occurs through leaks a t t h e ' . worst locat ion. This is when o.ne half of the tbtal , .., equivalent leakage area is assumed to be at the maximum enclosure height and the other h a l f i s at the lowest- point in the enclosure. In cases where the below false

Lce i l i f i g leakage area (BCLA) is measured using section . : . B-2.6.2, the value attained for BCLA is assumed to

exist enti.rely at the lowest point in the enclosure. '

B-1.2L3 Retention Calculations• The following should be considered regarding the retention calcOlations and " . its.associated theory: "

• B-I.2.3.1 'Dynamic Discharge Pressures.' Losses due-.to, the dynamic discharge pressures resulting from halon system actuati'on are not specif'ically-addressed.

B-I.2.3.2 Static Pressure. Variable external stat, ic pressure differences (wind etc.) are addlt ive and . . " should be consldered.

B-1 .2 .3 .3 Temperature D i f fe rences . , .When temperatore differences exceeding,18-F (10 C) exist between• the .." enclosure under test andthe other side of the door fan, special considerations ou t l i ned in this document

B-1.Z.3.4 Floor Area. The f loor area is assumed to be the volume divided by the maximum height of the protected enclosure.

B-1.2.3.5 Descending Interface. Two quiescent stable mixtures ex is t separated by a hor lzontal , c lear ly defined descending inter face. For some s i tuat ions, the Descending Interface is not sharp but instead has a f i n i t e thickness. For th is condit ion, i t is important to define the Descending Interface as the point wi thin th is zone where the halon concentration is 1/2 the design concentration. Mechanlca] mixing of the ha]on mixture is not considered.

B-1.2.3.6 Leak Flow Character ist ics. Al1 leak flow is one-dimensional and does not take into account stream functions.

B-1.2.3.7 Leak Flow Direct ion. A par t i cu la r leak area does not have b i -d i rec t iona l flow at any point in time. Flow through a leak area is e i ther into or out of the enclosure.

B-1.2.3.8 Leak Discharge. The outflow from the leak discharges into an i n f i n i t e l y large space.

B-1.2.3.9 Leak Locations. Calculations are based on worst case halon leak locat ions.

B-1.2.3.10 Halon Del ivery: The calculat ions assume that the design concentration of halon w i l l be achieved.

B-1.3 Terminology. For the purpose of Appendix B, the fol lowing def in i t ions are to apply:

Attached Volumes: A space within the enclosure envelope that is not provided with halon.

Blower: The component of the door fan used to move air.

Ceiling Slab: The boundary of the enclosure envelope at the highest elevation.

Column Pressure: The theoretical maximum positive pressure created at the floor slab by the column of the halon/air mixture.•

Door Fan: The device used to pressurize or depressurize an enclosure envelope to determine i ts leakage characteristics. Also called the fan pressurization apparatus.

Effective Flow Area: The area that results in the same flow area as the existing system of flow areas when i t is subjected to the same pressure difference over the total system of flow paths.

Enclosure: The volume being tested by the door fan. This includes the halon protected enclosure and any attached volumes.

Enclosure Envelope: The floor, walls, ceiling or roof that together constitute the enclosure.

Equivalent Leakage Area: The total combined area of al l leaks, cracks, joints and porous surfaces that act as leakage paths through the enclosure envelope. This is represented as the theoretical area of a sharp edged ori f ice which would exist i f ' the flow into or out of the entire enclosure at a given pressure were to pass solely through i t . For the purposes of this document, the ELA is calculated at the column pressure.

Fan Pressurization Apparatus: The device used to pressurize or depressurlze an enclosure env~lope to determine i ts leakage characteristics. Also called the door fan.

Floor Area: Plan area for a known elevation.

Floor Slab: The boundary of the enclosure envelope at the lowest elevation.

Flow Pressure Gauge: The component of the door fan used to measure the pressure di f ference across the blower to glve a value used in calculat ing the flow into or out of the enclosure envelope.

Halon Protected Enclosure: The volume protected by the Halon 1301 system.

Rel ief Area: The volume outside the enclosure envelope for the discharge or intake of a i r for the

d o o r fan.

Return Path: The path outside the enclosure envelope that al]ows a i r to travel to/from the leak to/from the door fan.

Room Pressure Gauge: The component of the door fan used to measure the pressure d l f f e ren t l a l across the enclosure envelope.

Stat ic Pressure Difference: The pressure d i f fe ren t ia l across the enc]osure envelope not caused by the dlschar~e process or by the weight of the Halon 1301• A pos i t ive s ta t i c pressure dif ference indicates that the pressure inside the enclosure is greater than on the outside, i . e . , smoke would leave the enclosure at the enclosure boundary.

B-2 Test Procedure•

B-2.1 Preliminary Preparations. Contact the ind iv idual (s) responsible for the Ha]on 1301 protected enclosure and establ ish, obtain and provide the fol lowing prel iminary information:

(a) provide a descr ipt ion of the test ,

(b) advise the time required,

(c) determine the s ta f f needed (to control t r a f f i c flow, set HVAC e tc . ) ,

(d) determine the equipment required (e.g. , ladders),

(e) obtain a descr ipt ion of the HVAC system,

( f ) establ ish the existence of a false ce i l ing space and the size of ce i l ing t i l e s ,

(g) v i sua l l y determine the readiness of the room with respect to the completion of obvious sealing,

(h) determine i f con f l i c t with other bui ld ing trades w i l l occur,

(1) determine the size of doorways,

( j ) determine the existence of adequate backflow r e l i e f area outside the enclosure envelope used to accept or supply the door fan a i r ,

(k) evaluate o the r ' con f l i c t l ng a c t i v i t i e s in and around space (e.g. , in terrupt ion to the f a c i l i t y being tested).

B-2.2 Equipment Required. The fol lowlng equipment is required to test an enclosure using fan pressurization technology:

B-2.2.1 Door Fan System.

B-2.2.1.1 The door fan or fans should have a total a i r f low capacity capable of producing a pressure dif ference at least equal to the predicted column pressure.

B-2.2.1.2 The fan shou]d have a var iable speed control or a control damper in series with the fan.

B-2.2.1.3 The fan should be cal ibrated in a i r flow units or be connected to an a i r flow metering system.

B-2.2.1.4 The accuracy of a i r flow measurement should be ±5% of the measured flow rate~

B-2.2.1.5 The room pressure gauge should be capable of measuring pressure differences from 0 Pa to at least 50 Pa. I t should have an accuracy of ±1Pa and div is ions of 2 Pa or less. Incl ined o i l - f i l l e d manometers are

182

considered to be traceable to a primary standard and need not be calibrated. All other pressure-measurement apparatus (e.g., electronic transd.cer or magnehelic) should be calibrated at least yearly.

B-2.2.1.6 A second blower or multiple blowers with flex duct and panel to flow to above ceilings spaces is opt iona l .

B-2.2.2 Accessories. The following equipment is also useful :

(a) smoke gun, fu l ly charged,

(b) bright l ight source,

(c) floor t i l e l i f t e r ,

(d) measuring tape,

(e) masking or duct tape,

(f) test forms,

(g) mult i-t lp screwdrivers,

(h) shop knife or u t i l i t y knife,

(1) several sheets of thin plastic and cardboard,

( j) door stops,

(k) signs to post on doors that say "DO NOT SHUT - DOOR FAN TEST IN PROGRESS" or "DO NOT OPEN-DOOR FAN TEST IN PROGRESS".

( l ) thermometer.

B-2.2.3 Field Calibration Check.

B-2.2.3.1 This section enables the authority having jurisdiction to have the overall calibration accuracy of the door fan system checked upon request.

B-2.2.3.2 The f ield calibration check should be done in a separate enclosure. Seal off any HVAC registers and gr i l les i f present. Install the door fan per manufacturer's instructions and section B-2.4. Determine i f a static pressure exists using section B-2.5.2. Check openings across the enclosure envelope for airflow with chemical smoke. I f any appreciable, flow or pressure exists, choose another room or eliminate the source.

B-2.2.3.3 Install a piece of cardboard less than 1/8" in thickness (free of any penetrations) in an unused blower port or other convenient enclosure opening large enough to accept a 12 in. x 12 in. opening. Tape or secure the cardboard firmly into place.

B-2.2.3.4 Ensure that the door fan flow measurement system is turned to properly measure pressurization or depressurization and operate the blower to achieve a convenient pressure di f ferent ial , preferably lO Pa.

B-2.2.3.5 At a given pressure di f ferent ial , measure the flow and calculate an in i t ia l ELA value using section B-2.6.3.

B-2.2.3.6 Measure and cut a square 12 in. x 12 in. opening in the cardboard. Adjust the blower to the previously used pressure di f ferent ial . Measure the flow and calculate a second ELA value using section B-2.6.3.

B-2.2.3.7 Field calibration is acceptable i f the difference between the f i rs t and second ELA value is within +_ 15% of the hole area cut in the cardboard. I f the difference in ELA values is greater than _+ 15%, the door fan apparatus should be re-calibrated according to the manufacturer's recommendations and either ASTM E77g-81 or CAN/CGSB-149.IO-M86.

B-2.3 In i t ia l Enclosure Evaluation.

B-2.3.1 Inspection.

B-2-3.1.1 Note the areas outside the enclosure envelope tha£ w i l l be used to supply or accept the door fan air.

B-2.3.1.2 Inspect al l Openable doors, hatches, movable partitions for their ab i l i ty to remain shut during the test.

B-Z.3.l.3 Obtain or generate a sketch of the floor plan showing walls, doorways and the rooms connected to the test space.

B-2.3.1.4 Look for large attached volumes open to the test space via the floor or walls of the test space. Note volumes and apparent open connecting areas.

B-2.3.1.5 Check floor drains and sink drains for traps with l iquid.

B-2.3.2 Measurement of Enclosure.

B-2.3.2.1 Measure the halon protected enclosure volume. Record al l dimensions.

B-2.3.2.2 Measure the highest point in the Halon protected enclosure.

B-2.3.2.3 Calculate the effective floor area by dividing the total halon protected enclosure volume by the halon protected enclosure height.

B-2.3.3 Preparation.

B-2.3.3.1 Advise supervisory personnel in the area about the details of the test.

B-2.3.3.2 Remove papers and objects l ike ly to b? affected by the air currents from the discharge of the door fan.

B-2.3.3.3 Ensure adequate re l ief area is provided. Block open al l doorways that connect the areas outside the enclosure envelope to allow sufficient backflow between the door fan and the enclosure leaks. Assure that any doors blocked open do not breach any requirements of the fac i l i t y , including requlrements for security, f i re protection, environmental boundaries, etc. Post signs on open doors: "DO NOT SHUT - DOOR FAN TEST IN PROGRESS."

B-2.3.3.4 Get the user's personnel and/or the halon contractor to set up the room in thesame state as when a discharge would occur, i . e . , HVAC shut down, dampers closed, etc.

B-2-3.3.5 Confirm that al l doors and windows penetrating the enclosure envelope are closed. Open doors and remove several subfloor or ceiling t i les within the halon protected portions of the enclosure envelope So that halon protected volumes are treated as one space. Do not remove false ceiling t i les i f above the false ceiling is not protected with Halon 1301.

B-2.4 Door Fan Installation.

B-2.4.1 The door fan apparatus generally consists of a single door fan. A double or multiple door fan for larger spaces or for neutralizing leakage through a suspended ceiling may be used for certain applications.

B-2.4.2 Set up one blower unit in the most convenient doorway leading into the space. Choose the doorway which opens into the largest re l ief area (the largest possible volume of building space). Consideration must be given'to individuals requiring access into or out of the fac i l i t y .

B-2.4.3 Follow the manufacturer's instructions regarding setup.

B-2.4.4 Ensure the door fan sealing system is not tighter than the doorway seal that would normally be in effect in that doorway, i .e . , ensure panels are not sealing the doorway better than the normal residing door.

183

B-2.4.5 Ensure a l l pressure gauges are leveled and zeroed p r i o r to connecting them to the fan apparatus. This should be done by f i r s t gent ly blowing in to or drawing from the tubes leading to the pressure gauges so the needle f l u l d or readout moves through i t s en t i re span and stays at the maximum gauge reading fo r 10 seconds. This confirms proper gauge operat ion. I f using a magnehelic gauge, gent ly tap the gauge face fo r 10 seconds. With both ports of each gauge on the same side of the doorway (using tubes i f necessary), zero the gauges wi th t h e i r p a r t i c u l a r ad jus t ing method.

B-2.4.6 Connect the tubing fo r the room pressure gauge. Ensure the tube is at the f l o o r slab e levat ion and extends at leas t 10 feet away from the ou t l e t side of the door fan blower, away from i t s a i r stream path and away from a l l s i g n i f i c a n t a i r streams ( i . e . , HVAC a i r f lows or openings where a i r f l o w could impinge on the tube).

B-2.4.7 The door fan should be arranged to a l t e r n a t e l y blow out of (depressurlze) and blow in to the space (pressur ize) . Both measurements should be taken as described in Section B-2.6.

B-2.5 Door Fan Enclosure Evaluat ion.

B-2.5.1 Pressure Runup Inspect ion.

B-2.5.1.1 Act iva te the blower and adjust the enclosure pressure to negat ive 15 Pa or maximum negat ive achlevable (up to 15 Pa).

B-2.5.1.2 Inspect a l ] dampers wi th smoke to ensure they are c losing proper ly . Record problems and n o t i f y ind iv idua ls responsible fo r the enclosure of the problems.

8-2.5 .1 .3 Inspect doors and hatches to ensure correct closure. Record problems and n o t i f y ind lv idua ls responslble fo r the enclosure of the problems.

B-2.5.1.4 Inspect the wal l perimeter (above and below the fa lse f l oo r ) and the f l o o r slab fo r major leaks. Note loca t ion and size of major leaks. Track down major a i r f low currents.

B-2.5.2 Sta t ic Pressure Measurement.

B-2.5.2.1 Seal the blower opening wi th the door fan proper ly i ns ta l l ed but wi thout the blower operat ing. Observe the room pressure gauge fo r at least 30 seconds. Look fo r minor f l uc tua t ions in pressure.

B-2.5.2.2 I f any pressure is observed, use a smoke pencil or other i nd ica t ing method at any panel opening to v e r i f y f low d i rec t i on and the existence of a d e f i n i t e pressure d i f f e r e n t i a l . Record the s t a t i c pressure (Ps) (even i f zero) and the d i rec t i on . Stat ic p ressured i f fe rences as low as 1/2 Pa can a f fec t the accuracy of tes t resu l ts .

B-2.5.2.3 I f the s t a t i c pressure (Ps) is negative and has an absolute value greater than 25 percent of the column pressure calcu lated in B-2.6.1.3, th is procedure cannot be re l i ed upon, and the enclosure may not hold the speci f ied halon concentrat ion unless the source of th is excessive s t a t i c pressure can be i d e n t i f i e d and permanently reduced.

B-2.6 Door Fan Measurement.

B-2.6.1 Total Enclosure Leakage Method.

B-2.6.1.1 This method determines the Equlvalent Leakage Area of the en t i r e enclosure envelope. I t is determined by measuring the enclosure leakage under both pos i t i ve and negat ive pressures and averaging the readings. This approach is used in order to minimize the inf luence of s t a t i c pressures on the ELA ca lcu la t lon .

B-2.6.1.2 I f any i n i t i a l s t a t i c pressure was observed during the s t a t i c pressure measurement (B-2.5.2) , attempt to determine the cause of th is pressure and to temporar i ly reduce or e l lminate i t fo r the durat ion of the door fan tes t . Possible act ions to consider

include: seal o f f ce i l i ng leve l supply regis ters and/or return g r i l l e s , shut o f f blowers serving these ducts, shut o f f blowers serving adjacent areas. Do not seal o f f any openings below the c e i l i n g l eve l . Repeat sect ion B-2.5.2 to determine i f the s ta t i c pressure has been e f f e c t i v e l y minimized. Record th is new s ta t i c pressure.

NOTE: This new value is not to be used when conducting the ca lcu la t ions in B-2.7.1.7.

B-2.6.1.3 Calculate the column pressure in the halon protected enclosure using the fo l low lng equation:

Pc=(g)(Ho) (rm-ra) (1)

Where: pr= Pressure due to the halon column (Pa) g-= Accelerat ion due to g rav i t y (9.81M/sec ~) Ho = Height of protected enclosure (9) r m = Halon/at r mixture densi ty (kg/m °, see equation 8) r a = A i r densi ty (1.202 kg/m 3)

I f the calculated column pressure is less than 10 Pa, use 10 Pa as the column pressure.

B-2.6.1.4 Act iva te the blower and depressurtze the enclosure by reductng the pressure (dP m) in the enclosure by an amount equal to the coTumn pressure (Pc)" As an example, i f the s t a t i c pressure measured in B-2.6.1.2 was - 1 P a , and the calculated column pressure is 10 Pa, blow a i r out of the room un t l l -11 Pa is obtained. I f the s t a t i c pressure was +1Pa, and the calculated column pressure is 10 Pa, blow a i r out of the room un t i l -9 Pa is obtained. I f using magneheltc gauges, tap both the room pressure and f low pressure gauges fo r 10 seconds each. Wait a fu r ther 30 seconds before tak ing the readings.

B-2.6.1.5 Measure the a i r f l o w (Q,) required to obtain the pressur~ reduct ion (dP~) required.

B-2.6.1.6 The pressure reduct ion generated may be up to 30% greater , but not lower than the calculated column pressure.

8-2-6.1.7 Repeat paragraphs B-2.6.1.4 through B-2.6.1.6 whi le pressur iz ing the enclosure. As an example, i f the s t a t i c pressure measured in B-2.6.1.2 was - 1 P a , and the calculated column pressure is 10 Pa, blow a i r in to the room un t t l +9 Pa is obtained. I f the s t a t i c pressure was +1 pa, and the calculated column pressure is 10 Pa, blow a i r in to the room un t i l +11Pa is obtained.

B-2.6.1.8 Ensure that the door fan f low measurement system is ac tua l l y turned around between tests to proper ly measure pressur izat ion or depressurtzat ion, and that the motor ro ta t ion is not simply reversed. Ensure that wh i le pressur iz ing, the reference side of the f low pressure gauge(s) reads the ambient pressure outside the enclosure. Ensure that the a i r f l o w enter ing the room is not def lected upwards which may cause l i f t i n g of any ex i s t i ng ce i l i ng t i l e s .

B-2.6.1.9 In some cases i t may be impossible to both pressurize and depressurize the space due to large forced a i r f lows in to the tes t space or fo r other reasons. An example is when the ex i s t i ng s ta t i c pressure (P;) is greater than the calculated colomn pressure (P~). An a l t e r n a t l v e method is to f i r s t measure the-amount of a i r f l o w required to reduce the pressure across the enclosure envelope to zero. This f low is then deducted from the f low required to achieve the pressure required fo r the tes t . The forced a i r f low may be used to ass is t in "measuring" the leakage area of the space provided the f low rate of th is a i r f l ow is rechecked j us t a f t e r the f l na l measurement.

B-2.6.1.10 Measure the a i r temperature w i th in the enclosure (TF) and outside the enclosure (TL).

B-2,6.2 Suspended Cei l ing Leakage Neut ra l i za t ion Method (Opt ional ) .

184

B-2.6.2.1 When an enclosure envelope has a suspended ce i l i ng , i t is opt ional to obtain separate measurements of the leakage area below the ce i l l ng and through the ce i l l ng . This method helps provide the best possible estimate of haion leakage rates, but only appl ies when a continuous c e i l i n g ex is ts in the enclosure envelope and enclosure wal ls ex i s t from the f l o o r slab to the ce i l i ng slab, Considerat ion fo r th is method ex is ts when the halon system is designed to protect only below the suspended ce i l l ng . This tes t method does not imply that leakag e above the suspended c e i l l n g i s acceptable.

B-2.6.2.2 I f no t a l ready done, obtain the Equlvalent Leakage Area of the halon protected enclosure using the to ta l enclosure leakage method in sect ion B-2.6.1.

B-2.6.2.3 Ce i l ing leve l supply reg is ters and return g r i l l e s may be temporar i ly sealed o f f to increase the accuracy of th is method.

B-2.6.2.4 I ns ta l l tWO separate door fans or a mu l t lp le blower door fan wi th one blower ducted to the above suspended ce i l l ng space anti the other in to the room space below the suspended ce i l i ng .

8-2.6.2.5 Separately depressurize both above and below the suspended c e i l i n g so that no f low occurs across the suspended ce i l i ng . A smoke penci l at the suspended ce i l i ng boundary should be used before taking any measurements to assure that a l l f low across the suspended ce i l i ng has been e f f e c t i v e l y neut ra l ized. The correct choice of loca t ion in the room to check using the smoke is important. Any a i r f l ow in the v i c i n i t y of the locat ion used w i l l make i t d i f f i c u l t to determine i f neutral pressure ex is ts .

B-2.6.2.6 Measure the a i r f l o w (Q,) through the fan which is depressurlzlng the volum6 below the fa lse ce i l i ng to obtain the pressure reduct ion (dP m) requi red.

B-2.6.2.7 The pressure reduct ion generated in the volume below the fa lse ce i l i ng may be up to 30?;. greater , but not lower than the calculated column pressure.

B-2.6.2.8 Repeat paragraphs B-2.6.2.5 through B-2.6.2.7 whi le pressur iz ing the enclosure.

B-2.6.3 Equivalent Leakage Area Ca l cu ia t lon .

B-2.6.3.1 Section B-2.6.3 out l ines the door fan ca lcu la t ion to be used in conjunct ion wi th sections B-2.6.1 and B-2,6.2

B-2.6.3.2 The leakage area is genera l ly derived per CAN/CGSB-149.10- M86. The CGSB document calculates area at 10 Pa only whereas th is procedure calculates area at a minimum of 10 Pa but allm~s for ca lcu la t ion at the Halon Column Pressure which could be greater than 10 Pa.

B-2.6.3.3 The a i r f low should be corrected fo r temperature i f the d i f ference between the temperature of the a i r being blown through the door fan and the temperature of the a i r going into or out of the leaks during the door fan tes t exceeds 10°C (18°F). I f th is condi t ion ex is ts , correct the flows as fo l lows:

qc = (Qu)((TL+273)/(TF +273))0"5 (2)

Where: qc = Corrected f low (m3/~) Q. Uncorrected f low (mO/s) T[ = Temperature of a i r going through room leaks

(c) T F = Temperature of a i r going through door fan (C)

B-2.6.3.4 For equation (2) , correct;ions for barometric pressure are not necessary since they cancel out, and correct ions fo r humidi ty are too small to be of concern. No other correct ions apply. I f equation (2) is not used, then Qc=Qu .

B-2.6.3.5 A f te r door fan measurements are taken from

~ ressur lz lng and depressurlzlng the enclosure, the eakage area in each d i rec t i on should be calculated,

and the resu l ts should be averaged. Each leakage area is c~lculated assuming the densi ty of a i r is 1.202 kg/m ° and the discharge coe f f i c i en t fo r a hole in a f l a t p la te (door fan) is 0.61. The equatlon, is :

A = (1.271)(Qc)/(dPm) 0"5 (3)

Where: A = Area of leaks (m 3) Qc = Door fan f low, corrected (m3/s) dP m = Door fan pressure fo r Qc (Pa)

The f i na l value fo r A is determined by averaging the areas obtained under both a pos i t i ve and negative pressure.

B-2.6,3.6 Equation (3) should be used fo r both the to ta l enclosure leakage method (sect ion B-2.6.1) and the opt ional suspended ce i l i ng leakage neu t ra l i za t ion method (sect ion B-2.6.2) . For sect ion B-2 .6 . l , the area of leaks (A) equals the equiva lent leakage area (ELA). For sect ion B-2.6.2, the area of leaks (A) equals the below ce i l i ng leakage area (BCLA).

B-2.7 Retention Calcu la t ion.

B-2.7.1 Calcu la t ion.

B-2.7.1.1 Total Leakage Area. Calculate the to ta l leakage area (A T ) using the equiva lent leakage area (ELA) determined from the door fan measurements as per B-2.6.3. This should be based on a discharge coe f f i c i en t of 0.61 that is used with the door fan apparatus. The fo l lowing equation appl ies:

A T =(ELA)* 0.61 (4)

Where: A T = Total leakage area (m 2) ELA= Equivalent leakage area (m 2)

B-Z.7.1.2 Lower Leakage Area. I f the leakage area is measured using only sect ion B-2.6.1, Total Enclosure Leakage Hethod, then equation (5) should be used to ca lcu la te the lower leakage area (ALL). I f the below ce i l i ng leakage area (BCLA) is measured using section B-2.6.2, Suspended Cei l lng Neu t ra l i za t ion Method, then equation (6) appl ies instead. These equations are:

ALL = AT/2 (5)

ALL = (BCLA) * 0.61 (6)

Where: ALL = Lower leakage area (m 2) BCLA = Below ce i l l ng leakage area (m 2)

B-2.7.1.3 Leak Fract ion. Determine the lower leak f rac t ion (F A) using the fo l low ing equation:

F A = ALL/A T (7)

where: F A = lower leak fac t ion

B-2.7.1.4 Halon Mixture Density. Calculate the densi ty of the Halon 1301/alr mixture ( r m) using the fo l low ing equation:

r m = ( (6 .283) (c / !00) ) + ( ( ra ) ( lO0-c ) / lO0) (8)

where: r m = Halon/a i r mixture densi ty (kg/m 3) r a A i r densi ty (1,202 kg/m a) c = Halon 1301 concentrat ion (%)

B-2.7,1.5 Sta t ic Pressure. Determine the correct value fo r (Ps) to be used in equation (10); i f the (P~) recorded is negat ive l e t i t equal zero (0) , i f i t - i s pos i t i ve use the recorded value.

B-2.7.1.6 Minimum Height. Determine from the Author i ty Having Ju r i sd i c t i on the minimum height from the f l o o r slab (H) that is not to be af fected by the descending in te r face during the holding per iod.

185

B-2.7.1.7 Time. Calculate the minimum time (t) that the enclosure is expected to maintain the descending interface above (H), using the following equations:

C 3 = 2 ( rm- ra) (g ) / ( rm+(FA/ (1 -FA) ) l /N( ra ))

C 4 = 2 (Ps) / r m (10)

(9)

t = AR[(C3(Ho)+C4 ) I -N - (C3(H)+C 4) I-N]

/ [ ( l - N ) (C3) (FA) (AT)]

Where: t= Time (seconds) C 3 = Constant fo r equation s i m p l i f i c a t i o n C 4 = Constant fo r equat;~on s i m p l i f i c a t i o n A R Room f l o o r area (m L) g = Acce lera t ion due to g r a v i t y (9.81 m/sec 2) Ps = S ta t i c pressure (Pa) N-= Exponent value (0.5) Ho = Height of c e i l i n g (m) H = Height of i n te r face from f l o o r (m)

B-2.7.2 Acceptance C r i t e r i a . The time ( t ) tha t was ca lcu la ted in paragraph 8-2 .7 .1 .7 must equal or exceed the hold ing time per iod spec i f ied by the Au thor i t y Having 3 u r i s d l c t i o n per paragraph 1-7.4.

B-2.7.3 Sample Ca lcu la t ion .

B-2.7.3.1 General. This sect ion provides an example of leakage area ca lcu la t ions and re ten t ion ca lcu la t ions . Door Fan measurements using the t o t a l enclosure leakage method (sect ion 8-2.6.1) and the opt ional suspended c e i l i n g leakage n e u t r a l i z a t i o n method (sect ion B-2.6.2) are both considered.

8-2.7 .3 .2 Enclosure and System Data. The fo l l ow ing data regarding the enclosure and the halon system is provided:

(a) i n i t i a l halon 1301 concentrat ion (c ) : 6.0%

m3(b) volume of halon protected enclosure (V): 153.2

(c) height of halon p ro tec t ion enclosure (Ho): 2.7 m

(d) ca l cu la t i on s t a t i c pressure measurement (Ps): -2.0 Pa (per B-2.5.2.2; smoke f lows in to room)

(e) door fan s t a t i c pressure measurement (Ps): -1.0 Pa (per B-2.6.1.2; smoke f lows in to room)

( f ) temperature ins ide enclosure: 18°C

(g) temperature outs ide enclosure: 20°C

(h) minimum acceptable halon height (H): 2m (per B-2.7.1.6)

B-2.7.3.3 Pre l iminary Ca lcu la t ions .

B-2.7.3.3.1 Calcu late the e f f e c t i v e f l o o r area (per B-2.3.2.3) :

A R = (153.2) / (2 .7) = 56.7 m 2

B-2.7.3 .3 .2 Calcu late the column pressure in the halon protected enclosure (Pc) using equation I (per B-2 .6 .1 .3) . Equation 1 requires that the Ha lon /a i r mixture dens i ty ( r m) be known. Thus, the Ha lon /a i r mixture dens i ty ( r m) is f i r s t ca lcu la ted using equation 8 (per B-2.7.1.4) as fo l l ows :

r m = ( (6.283)(6/100)) + ( (1.202)(100-6)/100) (8) = 0.377 ; ~.130

1.507 k /m Pc = (9 .81) (2 .7) (1 .507 - 1.202) ( l )

= 8 . 1 Pa Pc < lO Pa, there fore Pc = 10 Pa per B-2.6.1.3

B-2.7.3.3.3 Determine the target depressurization pressure (per B-2.6.1.4) for taking door fan measurements.

Dep. Target Pres. = - l - I0 = -11 Pa

(11)

8 -2 .7 .3 .3 .4 Determine the ta rge t p ressur iza t ion pressure (per B-2.6.1.7) fo r tak ing door fan measurements.

Press. Target Pres. = -1 + lO = + 9 Pa

B-2.7.3.4 Total Enclosure Leakage Hethod.

8-2.7.3.4.1 Leakage Area Ca lcu la t lon .

(a) Using the door fan, measure the t o ta l enclosure a i r f l o w whi le depressur iz ing the en t i re enclosure at -11Pa (per B-2.6.1.4 and B-2 .6 .1 .5 ) :

Qu = 0.3069 m3/sec (depressur iz lng)

(b) Using the door fan, measure the to ta l enclosure a i r f l o w whi le pressur iz ing the en t i r e enclosure at + 9 Pa (per B-2.6.1.7 and B-2 .6 .1 .5 ) :

Qu = 0.2]97 m3/sec (pressur iz ing)

(c) Correct the door fan a i r f l o w for the temperature d i f fe rence between the ins ide and outs ide enclosure temperatures (per B-2 .6 .3 .3 ) . This cor rec t ion is not necessary i f the temperature d i f fe rence is less than 10°C (18°F) and is not needed fo r these sample ca lcu la t l ons ; however, i t is included herein fo r demonstrative purposes. Using equation 2, th i s cor rec t ion i s :

Deoressur izat ion Qc = (.3069)~(20 + 273)/(18 + 273)) 0.5 (2)

.3080 m°/sec p _ r ~ t l o Q Qc = (.2197)~(18 + 273)/(20 + 273)) 0.5 (2i

.2189 m°/sec

(d) Calcu late the leakage area (A) from the door fan measurements (per 8 -2 .6 .3 .5 ) . Us ing equation 3, the ca]cu]a t ions are:

~D~oressur iz~ion A = (1.271)( .~080) / (10) 0"5 (3)

0.1238 m c Pressur iza t iqE

A = (1.271)(~2189)/(10) 0"5 (3) 0.0880 m ~

A : (0.1238 + 0.0880)/ (2) = 0.1059

ELA = A = 0.1059 m 2

B-2.7 .3 .4 ,2 Retent ion Ca lcu la t ion

(a) Calculate the t o ta l leakage area (A T ) using equation (4) (per B-2 .7 .1 .1 ) :

A T = ( .1059)~(.61) (4) .0646 m c

(b) Calcu late the lower leak area (ALL) using equation (5) (per B-2 .7 .1 .2 ) :

ALL = (.0646)~(2) (5) .0323 m =

(c) Calculate the leak f r ac t i on (F A) using equation (7) (per B-2 .7 .1 .3 ) :

F A = ( .0323)/ ( .0646) (7) = 0 . 5

(d) Calcu late the constants fo r equation s i m p l i f i c a t i o n (C 3 and C 4) using equations (9) and (10) (per B-2 .7 .1 ;7) . Since the value fo r (Ps) is negat ive, i t is set equal to zero (per B-2 .7 .1 .5) . The ca lcu la t ions are:

C 3 = (2)(1.507 - 1.202) (9.81) 1/0 5 (9) / (1.507 + ( . 5 / ( 1 - . 5 ) ) • (1.202))

= 2.2090 C 4 = 2(0)/1.507

= 0 (10)

186

(e) Calculate the minimum time (t) that the enclosure is expected to maintain the descending interface using equation (11) (per' B-2.7.1./):

t = 56.7[(2.2090(2.7)1+ ~)1- .5 (11) - (2.2090(2) + 0) ' - ' ~ ] / [ ( 1 - .5 ) (2 .2090) ( .5 ) ( .0646) ]

= 56.7 (0.3403)/(0.0357) = 540 seconds = 9.0 minutes

B-2.7.3.5 Suspended c e i l i n g leak~ge Neu t ra l i za t i on Method (op t iona l )

B-2.7.3.5.1 Leakage Area Calcu la t ion

(a) Determine the equiva lent leakage area (ELA) fo r the to ta l enclosure as described prev ious ly in sect ion B-2.7.3.4.1. The resu l t i s :

ELA = 0.1059 m 2

(b) Using the door fan, measure! the below c e i l i n g enclosure a i r f l o w whi le depressur lz ing the below c e i l i n g enclosure at -11Pa (per B-2.6.2.5 and B-2.6 .2 .6) :

Qu = 0.0767 m3/sec (depressur lz lng)

(c) Using the door fan, measure the below c e i l i n g enclosure a i r f l o w whi le pressur iz ing the below c e i l i n g enclosure at +9 Pa (per B-2.6.2.8 and B-2 .6 .2 .6) :

Qu = 0.0549 m3/sec (p ressur iz ing)

(d) Correct the door fan a i r f low fo r the temperature d i f fe rence between the ins ide and outs ide enclosure temperatures (per B-2 .6 .3 .3 ) . This cor rec t ion is not necessar~ i f the temperature d i f fe rence is less than 10uc (18°F) and is not needed fo r these sample ca lcu la t i ons ; however, i t is included herein fo r demonstrat ive purposes. Using equation 2, th i s cor rec t ion i s :

Depressur izat ion Qc = (.0767)~(20 + 273)/(18 + ;:73)) 0"5 (2)

.0770 m°/sec Pressuriz~tion Qc = (.0549)(~18 + 273)/(20 + 273)) 0.5 (2)

.0547 m~/sec

(e) Calculate the leakage area (A) from the door fan measurements (per B-2 .6 .3 .5) . Using equation 3, the ca lcu la t ions are:

De~ressur izat ion A = (1.271)(~0770)/(10)0"5 (3)

0.0309 m L Pressurization A = (1.271)(20547)/(10)0"5 (3)

0.0220 m - • Aver~z~e_

A = (0.0309 ~ 0.0220)/(2) 0.0265 m L

BCLA = A = 0.0265 m 2

B-2.7.3 .5 .2 Retent ion Ca lcu la t ion .

(a) Calcu late the t o ta l leakage area (AT) using equation (4) (per B-2 .7 .1 .1 ) :

A T = ( .1059)~(.61) (4) .0646 m ~

(b) Calcu late the lower leakage area (ALL) using equation (6) (per B-2 .7 .1 .2) : ,

ALL = (0.0265) ~.61) (6) = 0.0161 m ~

(c) Calculate the leak f r a c t i o n (F A) using equation (7) (per B-2 .7 .1 .3 ) :

F A = (0.0161)/(0.0646) (7) = 0.2492

( d ) Calculate the constants fo r equation s i m p l i f i c a t i o n (C 3 and C 4) using equations (9) and (10) (per B-2.7.1T7). Since the value fo r (Ps) is negat ive, i t i s set equal to zero (per B-2 .7 .1 .5) . The ca lcu la t ions are:

C 3 = (2)(1.507 - 1.202)(9.81) (9) / (1 .507+( .2492/(1- .2492)) 1/0"5 (1.202))

= 3.6502 i C 4 = 2(0)/1.507 (10)

= 0

(e) Calculate the minimum time ( t ) that the enclosure is expected to maintain the descending in te r face using equation (11) (per B-2 .7 .1 .7 ) :

t = 56.7[ (3 .6502(2.7) ,+ g)1- .5 (11) - (3.6502(2) + 0) ' - . 0 ] / [ (1 - .5 ) (3 .6502) ( .2492) ( .0646) ]

= 56.7 (0.4374)/(0.0294) = 840 seconds = 14 minutes

B-2.7.3.6 Sample Ca lcu la t ion Results. The minimum time ( t ) that the enclosure is expected to maintain the descending in te r face above height (H) is 9 minutes using the Total Enclosure Leakage Method and 14 minutes using the opt ional Suspended Ce i l i ng Leakage Neu t ra l i za t i on Method. Both of these pred ic t ions are conservat ive and the actual time "is expected to be

~ reater than these values. Because the opt ional uspended Ce i l i ng Leakage Neu t ra l i za t i on Method is more

accurate, i t s resu l ts are c loser to what w i l l ac tua l l y o c c u r .

B-2.8 Leakage Contro l .

B-2.8.1 Leakage I d e n t i f i c a t i o n .

B-2.8.1.1 While the enclosure envelope is being pressur ized or depressurlzed, a smoke penci l or other smoke source should be used to locate and i d e n t i f y leaks The smoke source should not be produced by an open flame or any other source tha t is a po ten t i a l source of f i r e i g n i t i o n . Chemlcal smoke should be used only in small quan t i t i es and cons iderat ion should be given to the corros ive nature of cectain chemical smokes and t h e i r e f fec ts on the f a c i l i t y being tested."

B-2.8.1.2 Leakage i d e n t i f i c a t i o n should focus on obvious points of leakage inc lud ing wal l j o i n t s , penetrat ions of a l l k inds, HVAC ductwork, doors and windows.

B-2.8.1.3 A l te rna te methods fo r leakage i d e n t i f i c a t i o n are ava i l ab le and should be considered. One method is the use of a d i r ec t i ona l acoust ic sensor that can be s e l e c t i v e l y aimed at d i f f e r e n t sound sources. Highly sens i t i ve acoust ic sensors are ava i l ab le that can detect a i r as i t f lows through an opening. Openings can be e f f e c t i v e l y detected by p lac lng an acoust ic source on the other side of the b a r r i e r and searching fo r acoust ic transmission 'independent of fan p ressur iza t ion or depressur lza t lon . Another a l t e r n a t i v e is to use an in f ra red scanning device i f temperature d i f fe rences across the boundary are s u f f i c i e n t .

B-2.8.2 Leakage A l t e r a t i o n .

B-2.8.2.1 Procedure.

B-2.8.2.1.1 Protected areas should be enclosed with wal l p a r t i t i o n s which extend from the f l o o r slab to c e i l i n g slab or f l o o r slab to roof .

B-2 .8 .2 .1 .2 I f a raised f l o o r continues out of the Halon protected area in to ad jo in ing rooms, p a r t i t i o n s should be i n s t a l l e d under the f l o o r d i r e c t l y under above- f loor border p a r t i t i o n s . These p a r t i t i o n s should be caulked top and bottom. I f the ad jo in ing rooms share the same under f loor a i r handlers, then the p a r t i t i o n s should have dampers i n s t a l l e d the same as required fo r ductwork.

187

B-2.8.2.1.3 Any holes, cracks, or penetrat ions leading in to or out of the protected area should be sealed. This includes pipe chases and wire troughs. A l l wal ls should be caulked around the ins ide perimeter of the room where the walls rest on the f loor slab and where the walls intersect with the ceil ing slab or roof above.

B-2.8.2.1.4 Porous block walls should be sealed slab-to-slab to prevent gas from passing through the block. Multiple coats of paint may be required.

B-2.8.2.1.5 All doors should have door sweeps or drop seals on the bottoms, weather stripping around the Jambs, latching mechanisms and door closer hardware. In addition, double doors should have a weather stripped astragal to prevent leakage between doors and a coordinator to assure proper sequence of closure.

B-2.8.2.1.6 Windows should have solid weather stripping around a l l jo ints .

B-2.8.2.1.7 All unused and out-of-servlce ductwork leading into or from a protected area should be permanently sealed off (a i r t ight) wlth metal plates caulked and screwed in place. Ductwork s t i l l in service with the building a i r hand|ing unit should have but ter f ly blade type dampers instal led with neoprene seals. Dampers should be spring-loaded or motor-operated to provide 100% a i r shut-off. Alterations to a i r conditioning, heating, vent i lat ing ductwork and related equipment should be in accordance with NFPA 90A, Standard for the Instal lat ion of Air Conditioning and Venti lating Systems, or NFPA 90B, Standard for the Instal lat ion of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems, as applicable.

B-2.8.2.1.8 All f loor drains should have traps and the traps should be designed to have water or other compatible l iquid in them at a l l times.

B-2.8.2.2 Materials.

B-2.8.2.2.1 All materials used in al ter ing leaks on enclosure envelope boundaries, including walls, f loors, part i t ions, f inish, acoustical treatment, raised floors~ suspended ceilings and other construction should have a flame-spread rating that is compatible with the flame spread requirements of the enclosure.

B-2.8.2.2.2 Exposed cel lu lar plastics should not be used for al ter ing leakage unless considered acceptable by the authority having jur isd ic t ion.

B-2.8.2.2.3 Cable openings or other penetrations into the enclosure envelope should be firestopped with material that is compatible with the f i re rating of the barrier.

NFPA 10-1988,

NFPA 68-1988,

NFPA 69-1986, Systems

NFPA 71-1987, Central Stat ion

Appendix C Referenced Publ icat ions

C-1 The fo l low ing documents or por t ions thereof are referenced w i th in th is standard fo r in format ional purposes only and thus are not considered part of the requirements of th is document. The ed i t i on indicated fo r each reference is the current ed i t i on as of the date of the NFPA issuance of th is document.

C-1.1 NFPA Publ icat ions. Natlonal Fi re Protect ion Associat ion, Batterymarch Park, 'Quincy, HA 02269.

Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers

Guide for Venting of Deflagrations

Standard for Explosion Prevention

Standard for Signaling Systems for Service

NFPA 72B-1986, Standard fo r A u x i l i a r y Protect ive Signal ing Systems

NFPA 72C-1986, Standard fo r Remote Stat ion Protect ive Signal ing Systems

NFPA 72D-1986, Standard fo r Propr ie tary Prot@ctlve Signal ing Systems

NFPA 72E-1987, Standard on Automatic Fire Detectors

NFPA 72H-1988, Guide for Testing Procedures fo r Local, A u x i l i a r y , Remote Stat ion and Propr ie tary Protect ive Signal ing Systems

NFPA 77-1988, Recommended Pract ice on Stat ic E l e c t r l c l t y .

C-1.2 ASTH Publ icat ion. American Society fo r Testing and Mater ia ls , 1916 Race Street , Phi ladelphia, PA 19103.

ASTM E380-1986, Standard fo r Metr ic Pract ice.

C-1.3 IEEE Publ icat ion. I n s t i t u t e of E lec t r i ca l and Electronlcs Engineers, 345 E. 47th St . , New York, NY 10017.

ANSI/IEEE C2-1987, National Electrical Safety Code.

C-1.4 CSA Publication. Canadian Standards Associat ion, 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Rexdale, Ontario, Canada Mgw 1R3.

CAN4-$536-82, Standard for the Inspect ion and Testing of Ex is t ing Fire Alarm Systems.

C-1.5 Mi l i tary Specifications. Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.

MIL-M-12218C.

C-1.6 Toxicology References.

1. Paulet, G. "Etude tox ico log lque eL physiopathologique du mono-bromo-trtf luoromethane (CF3Br)." Arch. Hal. Prof. Med. Tray. Secur. Soc. 23:341-348. (Chem. Abstr. 60:738e) (1962).

2. Van Stee, E.W., and K.C. Back. "Short-term inha la t ion exposure to bromotrt f luoromethane." Tox. & App1. Pharm. 15:164-174 (1969).

3. Clark, D.G. "The t o x i c i t y of bromotri f luoromethane (FE 130]) in animals and man." Ind. Hyg. Res. Lab. Imperlal Chemical Industr ies, A lder ley Park, Cheshire, Eng. (1970).

4. Trochlmowlcz, H.J.; A. Azar; J. B. T e r r i l l ; and L.S, M u l l l n : "Blood Levels of Fluorocarbon Related to Cardiac Sens i t i za t i on . " Part I I . Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. 3. 35:632-639 (1974).

5. Trochimowlcz, H.3., et a l . "The e f fec t of myocardial i n f a r c t i on on the cardiac sens i t i za t ion po ten t ia l of cer ta in halocarbons." J. Occup. Med. 18(1):26-30, 1978.

6. The Hine Laborator ies, Inc. "Clinical tox ico log ic studies on Freon FE 1301," Report No. 1, San Francisco, Cal. (unpublished) (1968).

7. Stewart, Richard D.; Newton, Paul E.; Wu, Anthony; Hake, Carl L. ; and Krivanek, Nell O.: "Human Exposure to Halon 1301," Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee (unpublished) (1978).

C-1.7 Flame Extinguishment and Ine r t i ng References.

(1) Booth, K. Mel la, B. 3. and H i rs t , R., "A Method fo r C r i t i c a l Concentration Measurements fo r the Flame Extinguishment of L iquid Surface and Gaseous Di f fus ion Flames Using a Laboratory 'Cup Burner' Apparatus and Halons 1211 and 1301 as Ext inguishants," June 24, 1976.

(2) Ford, C. L. , "An Overview of Halon 1301 Systems," in Halogenated Fire Suppressants, ACS Symposium, Series No 16 (1975), pp. 1-63.

188

(3) Oalze11, W. G., "A Determination of the Flemmabillty Envelope of Four Ternary Fuel-Atr-Halon 1301 Systems," Fenwal Inc., Report DSR-624, October 7, 1975.

(4) Co11, Oohn P., " Iner t ing Characterist ics of Halon 1301 and 1211 with Various Combustibles," Fenwal Inc., Report PSR 661, July 16, 1976.

(5) Riley, 3. F. and 01son, K. R., "Determination of Halon 1301/1211 Threshold Extinguishment Concentrations using the Cup Burner Hethod," Ansul Report AL-530-A, 3uly i , 1976.

(6) Bajpai, S. N., "Ext inct ion of Diffusion Flames by Halons," FMRC Serial No.. 22545, Report No. 76-T-59, 3uly 1976.

(7) Data on f i l e at NFPA.

C-1.8 National Fire Protection Research Foundation References.

Grant, Casey C. Enclosure In tegr i t y Procedure for Ha]on 1301 Total Flooding Fire Suppression Systems, 1989.

189